COMPOSITE PROSPECTUS FOR INFANT, JUNIOR ......Composite Prospectus for Admission to Infant, Junior,...

SOUTHAMPTON CITY COUNCIL COMPOSITE PROSPECTUS FOR INFANT, JUNIOR, PRIMARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS IN SOUTHAMPTON SCHOOL YEAR 2021/22

https://staffstuff.southampton.gov.uk/en

SOUTHAMPTON CITY COUNCIL

Composite Prospectus for Admission to Infant, Junior, Primary and Secondary Schools in Southampton in

Academic Year 2021-22

Information for ALL applicants

Making an Application If you pay your Council Tax to Southampton City Council then you must apply for schools, wherever they are, through Southampton City Council Admissions Team. If you pay your Council Tax to Eastleigh, Test Valley, or other Council in Hampshire, you must apply through the Hampshire County Council Admissions Team, even if the school you want is in Southampton. You are strongly urged to make your application online. You can access the Southampton online application system via the Southampton City Council web site. Please read this composite prospectus carefully before making an application. The admission arrangements for many schools in the city are different from those for which the Council is the admission authority. You should read this prospectus carefully and make sure that you fully understand the admission criteria for the school(s) you apply for. Admission arrangements for schools outside the city are likely to be different from those for schools in the city. You are advised to read the composite prospectus of the Local Authority that covers the school you want to apply for. How to apply on line You will need to have a working email address in order to register with the online system before you start your application. If you do not already have one, these are easily set up via Google or your internet supplier. You can access the internet without charge at libraries if you do not have internet access at home. In addition, some schools may offer advice and assistance. You will need to register with the Citizen Portal before you make an application. You will need a valid email address to do this. You will need to do this even if you have applied online before September 2015 because previous registrations have NOT been carried over to the new portal. A parents’ guide to using the Citizen Portal is available on the Council’s website at http://www.southampton.gov.uk/schools-learning/find-school/apply-school/application-help/


http://www.southampton.gov.uk/schools-learning/find-school/apply-school/application-help/

http://www.southampton.gov.uk/schools-learning/find-school/apply-school/application-help/

If you are applying for the first time then once you have registered with the online site you will receive an email confirming your registration and asking you to click on the link in the email to confirm the registration. When you click on this link you will be taken straight to the online application site and you can begin your application. It is very important that you confirm your registration. It is important that you make sure you can remember your password and the answer to your security question so that you can access your account at any time. You may wish to make a note of your email address, password, and the answer to your security question and keep them somewhere safe so that you can refer to them again if you need to. At each page of the online application process there is guidance on what to do. Please read it carefully before completing the page and moving on. If you cannot find the schools you want to apply for, please read the guidance on how to search the system. You may need to enter Southampton rather than just a postcode in the search fields. After you have entered one preference please enter your second and third preferences before going on to the later sections of the application and do not go through to the end of the process and press “submit” until you have selected all preferences. You are strongly advised to use the PREVIEW button to check that the application you are going to submit is as you want it; i.e. that it shows the information you think you have entered in to your application. If you experience problems in making an online application you can ring 023 8083 3004 and seek advice. Some schools / nurseries may also be able to offer assistance. If, after seeking advice and assistance, you still cannot make an online application successfully, write to the Admissions Team at Southampton City Council and a paper form will be sent to you. Online applications are more secure for parents; you can change your preferences, the order of them, add information in the reasons for application, and upload supplementary evidence you wish to be considered. This can be done at any time up to the closing date, and you can be confident that your application has been received, because you will get an automatic e-mail response confirming your application stating the schools you have applied for. If you do make any amendments, or view your application, please make sure that you resubmit the application before leaving the site. When you resubmit your application you will again be sent a confirmation email. You can view the status of your application at any time up to the closing date by accessing your secure account to check any amendments you have submitted.


Expressing a preference for a school The admission arrangements for schools in the city vary; you are very strongly advised to make sure you understand exactly how an application for a particular school will be considered by reading the admission criteria for that school. You should also look at the websites for each school which will give you detailed information about the school and any special information they need in order to process your application. Some schools that have faith based criteria may require you to complete a Supplementary Information Form (SIF) in order to consider your application fully against all the criteria for the school. SIFs can be downloaded from the SCC website or from the relevant schools’ websites or in paper form from the schools themselves. SIFs must be uploaded to your online application or returned directly to the school and not sent to the LA. You are strongly advised to visit schools at their open evenings/days before making your application. If you change your mind about which schools to apply for, or the order of your preferences, you can make changes online up to the closing date for applications. You must remember to “Submit” any changes you make in order for them to get through to the admissions team. You are very strongly advised to express preferences for three different primary or infant schools and four different secondary schools, ranked in the order you would want them to be offered to you. If you do not express three preferences, you reduce your chances of being offered a place at a school that is at least acceptable to you. Please do not name a school more than once as this will not increase your chances of obtaining a place at that school and wastes one of your preferences. Please be aware that if your catchment area school, (if your address has one), is not one of your preferences, you will NOT automatically be offered a place at that school if you are unsuccessful with your other preferences. This is because your catchment school may already be full with children whose parents did express a preference for it. Not all addresses in the city fall into the catchment area for a school – some schools have decided not to have catchment areas. Normally you will not be allowed to change your preferences after the closing date unless you have a genuine and exceptional reason; for example, if you have moved house as a result of relationship breakdown, fled domestic violence, experienced a major change in domestic circumstances or similar reasons.


Applications to schools outside Southampton

If you wish to apply to a school outside the Southampton local authority (LA) area, e.g a school that falls under Hampshire County Council or elsewhere, you must apply for it via Southampton City Council and include the school in your three preferences. If you are unsure which LA to apply to, please contact the Southampton Admissions Team.

Applications to Southampton schools The online application site will be available from 9 September 2020. You are advised to select three different schools in your application to ensure you have the greatest chance of getting an offer at a school you have at least some preference for.

Please ensure that you complete the application in full and click on the “submit” button before you exit your application. You are advised to use the PREVIEW button to make sure that your application is correct and says everything you want it to before you submit it.

If you need any help in completing your application, or if you are unsure which school, if any, is your catchment school, please telephone the Admissions Team on 023 8083 3004.

Some schools may be arranging drop-in sessions to assist you if you need help in completing an online application. You are advised to contact your local school to see if they are offering that facility.

The closing date for applications

Applications for Secondary School The closing date for applications for Secondary school applications is 23.59 on 31 October 2020. The online application system for secondary applications will close at that time. You will not be able to apply on line after that time.

If you need to apply after that time you must contact the Admissions Team for a paper application form. Any such application will be regarded as a late application and will be processed after ALL on time applications have been dealt with. This may well mean that you cannot be offered a place at any of your preferred schools.

Late applicants may not receive notice of the outcome of their application until after on time applicants have been notified.


Applications for Reception Class or Transfer from Infant to Junior School

The closing date for applications for Reception Class and Junior School is 23.59 on 15 January 2021. The online application system will close at that time. You will not be able to apply on line after that time.

If you need to apply after that time you must contact the Admissions Team for a paper application form. Any such application will be regarded as a late application and will be processed after ALL on time applications have been dealt with. Especially for Reception class applications this may mean that you cannot be offered a place at any of your preferred schools. Late applicants may not receive notice of the outcome of their application until after on time applicants have been notified.

Entry into Reception Class The offer made to parents for reception class on the initial offer date is of a full time place from the start of term after 1 September 2021. Schools normally wish to stagger entry into school from that date and arrange for some initial part time attendance to ensure a smooth transition from pre-school into school or from home to school.

Parents can request part time education for their child in the reception year until the child is of statutory school age if it is in the child’s best interests.

Parents have the right to defer their child’s entry into reception class to any point up the time the child is of statutory school age (the term starting after their child’s 5th birthday). Parents of children born between 1 September and 31 March CANNOT defer entry until the start of year 1 i.e. the reception class place cannot be held open over the summer holidays. The child must start school at some point in the reception year. If a parent does not enrol their child at the offered school at some point in the reception year they must make an in year application for a Year 1 place.

However, the parents of a summer born child, that is a child born between 1 April and 31 August, may choose not to send that child to school until the September following their fifth birthday. They may request that they are admitted out of their normal age group – to reception rather than Year 1. All requests will be considered on their merits. Forms to make the request can be found on the Council’s website.


Explanatory notes – These notes apply to the arrangements for community and voluntary controlled (VC) schools. They will also apply to those schools that have the same admission arrangements as the LA. For explanations of aspects of admission arrangements for Trust/Foundation schools and Academies please see the relevant school’s individual admission arrangements. Many of the other schools in the city operate the same definitions and explanations but not all do. You are strongly advised to check the admission arrangements for own admission authority schools (Academies, Faith based schools and Trust schools) carefully to be sure that you understand how any application you make to them will be considered.

Education, Health and Care Plans (EHCPs) An Education, Health and Care Plan is a document that sets out a child’s identified needs and all the special help he or she should have. Such documents are issued by the Local Authority considering evidence supplied by education, health and social care professionals, parents and carers. They will name a school at which the child’s needs will be met. Parents of children with an EHCP be contacted by the SEND Team. Children with EHCPs do not go through the normal application and admission process but do count towards the Published Admission Number (PAN) of a school.

Looked after children A ‘looked after child’ is a child who is in the care of a local authority or provided with accommodation by that authority. A “previously looked after child” is one who was looked after but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order, special guardianship order or child arrangements order). A complete definition can be seen at paragraph 1.7 of the School Admissions Code and footnotes thereto. If you are claiming priority for admission under this criterion you will need to provide documentary evidence of the order and evidence of the child’s care status when the order was made.

Designated catchment area The catchment area of a school is the geographical area defined by the admission authority for the school within which applicants are ranked as a higher priority in the admission policy than those who live outside it. A school will tend to draw most of its pupils from this area and it broadly reflects the locality with which a school has its closest relationships. NOT ALL SCHOOLS IN THE CITY HAVE CATCHMENT AREAS – this means that some addresses in the city are not in the catchment area for any school.


However, the designated catchment area does not limit your preference as a parent – there is nothing to prevent you applying to a school even if you do not live in its catchment area (please see ‘Am I guaranteed a place at my catchment school?’ in frequently asked questions) and many schools in the city take in children from outside their catchment area each year. The definitive map of school catchment areas for community and VC schools is held at Southampton City Council, Admissions Team, Civic Centre, Southampton, SO14 7LY. This is a digital map NOT a paper map and so is not available for inspection by the public. In the event of any dispute about catchment area boundaries the definitive map is the sole authoritative source. A schedule of addresses is also kept, to be read in conjunction with the map. Because new addresses are created frequently as a result of new development the schedule may not always be fully up to date. In such cases the catchment area will be determined by reference to the definitive map. In order to aid parents in their decisions about school places, parents can log on to the Southampton City Council website and follow the links in “My Southampton” to see details of schools near their home address. Information about catchment areas can also be obtained by phoning the Southampton Admissions Team. In the event of any error or misunderstanding the definitive map takes priority over any other source of information. Parents are reminded that living within a catchment area does not guarantee a place in any given school. Catchment areas can also be changed over time. Any decision by parents about the purchase or rental of a home based on school catchment areas is taken entirely at their own risk. Please note that some schools that are their own admission authority (Academies, Trust and Voluntary Aided schools) no longer have catchment areas and addresses in some parts may not be in the catchment area for any school.

Significant medical or psychological conditions You can indicate a preference for a particular school if your child has a significant medical or psychological condition which makes it essential he or she attends the preferred school rather than any other because the school is the one that can best meet your child’s medical or psychological needs. You must make sure you make this known in your application ideally by clicking the appropriate boxes in the online application or, by mentioning the fact in your free text. You will need to supply written evidence e.g. from a doctor or psychologist detailing both the child’s condition and why the school you prefer is the school best able to meet the child’s needs and upload this to your online application. You can also send the information to the Admissions Team clearly marked with your child’s name and date of birth or you can scan the evidence and email it to [email protected] again making sure you give your child’s name and date of birth. All evidence received under this category is considered by a multi-disciplinary team at the LA and is treated confidentially.


mailto:[email protected]

Please note that some schools that are their own admission authority no longer have, or have never had, a medical criterion in their admission arrangements. You are strongly advised to read the admission arrangements for the schools you are applying for to find out if the school will consider any medical evidence you submit and, if accepted, afford your child any priority in admission to the school. Linked infant and junior schools and feeder primary/junior schools for secondary schools The linked infant – junior schools are as follows: Fairisle Infant links to Fairisle Junior Maytree Infant links to Mount Pleasant Junior Sholing Infant links to Sholing Junior The feeder Junior and Primary school for community secondary schools are as follows: Bitterne Park Seconday – Townhill Junior, Bitterne Park Primary, Bitterne Manor Primary, Beechwood Junior, St Denys Primary, Moorlands Primary Cantell School – Bassett Green Primary, Bevois Town Primary, Highfield C of E Primary, Mansbridge Primary, Mount Pleasant Junior, Portswood Primary, Swaythling Primary Redbridge Community School – Mansel Park Primary, Mason Moor Primary, Newlands Primary, Redbridge Primary, Tanners Brook Primary Woodlands Community College – Harefield Primary, Hightown Primary, Kanes Hill Primary, Thornhill Primary Home address For admission purposes the child’s home address will be taken as the one where the child lives for the majority of the school week. In the event of doubt about the home address the LA will use the address at which the child is registered with other agencies such as GP, dentist, child benefit, or other government agencies. Parents may be asked by the LA to supply proof of these registrations. Where a child spends part of the week with each parent at a different address, only one address can be used for admissions purposes. In the event of dispute between parents the LA will ask the parents to come to an agreement on address and the preferences to be expressed. In the event of parents not being able to agree, the LA will ask parents to seek a court order to decide the matter. If there is no agreement or court order the LA will not process an application from either parent.

Distance measurement Distance from home to school will be the shortest walking distance measured by public roads and footpaths, from the applicant’s home address to the nearest open pedestrian gate to the school site. These distances are calculated using a proprietary computerised mapping system called which uses data supplied by Ordnance Survey. For multi-occupancy dwellings or blocks of flats, the entrance to the property is the communal entrance to the building.


Please note that some schools that are their own admission authority now use straight line distance, sometimes called “as the crow flies”, as their distance criterion. You are strongly advised to read the admission arrangements for the schools you are applying for to find out which type of home to school measurement the school uses.

Straight Line distance The LA does not use straight line distance in its own admission arrangements for community and voluntary controlled schools. However, some other schools in the city do. For those schools, the distance provided by Southampton City Council’s measuring software will be used for all applications for the school to ensure they are treated in a consistent manner. The measuring software is updated each year with the latest address point data provided by Ordnance Survey. The address point reference they have for your property is taken as one end of a straight line, with the point reference for the nearest open pedestrian gate at the school as the other. When they apply the distance criterion for an oversubscribed school that uses straight line distance as a criterion, these straight line measurements are used to determine how close each child’s address is to the school. A block of flats has a single address point reference, so applicants living in the same block will be regarded as living the same distance away from a school. In the unlikely event that two or more children live in the same block and in all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available place at the school the tie-break as described in the school’s admission arrangements will apply, to decide which child should be given the place.

What is a sibling? A sibling is a brother or sister, including half, step or adoptive brother or sister or foster child living at the same address within the same family unit. Cousins, aunts or uncles, nephews or nieces at the same address are NOT classed as siblings. Older children in Year 6 at a Junior or Primary school at the time of application for a place for a younger child do NOT count as siblings because they will not be at the school when the child starts the following academic year. Older children in Year 11 at the time of application do NOT count as siblings even if the school has a sixth form because it is not guaranteed that the child will be at the school the following year. Older children in Years 12 and 13 at Bitterne Park do NOT count as siblings for applications for year groups 7 to 11. Please note that some schools that are their own admission authority have a different definition of sibling and give a different priority to them. You are very strongly advised to read the admission arrangements for the schools you are applying for to find out how they define a sibling and what priority they give to them in their arrangements. You should not assume that it will be the same as the Local Authority.


Siblings in the same year group Children who are part of twins, triplets etc. will only be given special consideration if they are involved in a ‘tie-break’ situation. For example, if there is one place available but the next two children on the list are twins, schools will be asked to take both children. Except for entry into a year group falling under the infant class size regulations this will also apply to non-twin siblings who are in the same year group. Please note that some schools that are their own admission authority have a different definition of sibling and give a different priority to them. You are very strongly advised to read the admission arrangements for the schools you are applying for to find out how they will deal with children in this category. You should not assume that it will be the same as the Local Authority.

Shared parental responsibility Where parents have shared responsibility for a child, each for part of the week, and live at different addresses, the address that will be used for school admission purposes is that where the child lives for the majority of the school week. If the arrangement is for equal time during the week the parents must nominate one address which will be used for all applications. Parents may be asked to supply evidence of shared care arrangements. Parents cannot use one address for application to one school and the other address for application to another school. In the event of dispute between parents the LA will ask the parents to come to an agreement on the address to be used and the preferences to be expressed. In the event of parents not being able to agree the LA will ask parents to seek a court order to decide the matter. If there is no agreement or court order the LA will not process an application from either parent.

Appeals If an application for a place at a preferred school is refused, parents have the right to appeal to an Independent Appeal Panel established under the Schools Standards and Framework Act 1998 (as amended by Schedule 4 of the Education Act 2002 and the School Admissions Code 2014). You have the right to appeal for more than one school for which you were unsuccessful if you wish. If you wish to appeal for a place at a community or VC school you should contact the School Admissions Team. Details of the appeal procedures for different admission authorities will automatically be sent with decision letter to all applicants who do not receive an offer of a place at their first preference school.

Infant class sizes It is the law that infant class sizes must not exceed 30 in a class with a single teacher. This affects the way in which appeal panels are allowed to consider individual cases for infant admissions.


Admission authorities are able to refuse a parent’s application when to admit the child would exceed the infant class size limit or where the admission authority would be obliged to take additional measures to comply with the limits on infant class size e.g. putting a second teacher into the classroom or creating additional classrooms and classes. The independent appeal panel can decide that a place should be offered to a child refused admission to a school on infant class size “prejudice” grounds only where it is satisfied either that:

• the admission of another child would not breach the infant class size limit, or, • the panel believes the admission arrangements to be unlawful; or • the child would have been offered a place if the school admission arrangements had

been properly implemented: or • the decision to refuse admission was not one which a reasonable admission authority

would have made in the circumstance of the case;

The definition of “reasonable” that must be applied is the legal definition of reasonable and not one that would be used in ordinary conversation.

Further appeals The decision of the appeal panel is final and legally binding upon both the parent and admission authority. In nearly all cases, further appeals are not possible, unless there has been a significant and material change in circumstances relevant to the application which was not considered by the panel and the admission authority reconsiders the application and makes a fresh refusal of a place. It is for the admission authority to determine if an application is to be reconsidered because of a change of circumstances - examples of what could be considered a significant and material change could be a serious medical condition which has arisen since the time the original application was made. Where the Admission authority determines that the application does meet the criteria to be reconsidered, and decides again that a place is not available, the parent will have the right to a fresh appeal. If the admission authority determines that there has not been a significant material change in circumstances, then no fresh decision on the application will be made and therefore a new appeal will not be permitted.


Frequently asked questions

How is my application processed? ALL on-line applications will be received by the SCC Admissions Team. Academies, Voluntary Aided schools and Trust schools are their own admission authority and will consider all on-time applications for their schools. Shortly after the closing date for applications they will be sent details of all on-time applications received by the LA and the governors of the schools will rank them in order against their school’s admission criteria. The school will not be told of the preference ranking you have given the school in your application. They will be given all other information you submit in support of your application and everything you mention in your application. These ranked applications are then returned to the Admissions Team for them to coordinate the offer processes so that parents, at the end of the process, receive a single offer of a school place. The Admissions Team makes offers in accordance with the rankings the own admission authorities have made of their applications, together with the rankings of applications made for other schools and at the end of the process makes each parent a single offer of a school place of the highest preference in their application for which they are eligible to be offered a place.

In this process the LA will also exchange information with other LAs, such as Hampshire, to take account of applications made across LA borders. Any Year 2 or Year 6 child who remains unplaced after all of their preferences have been processed (either because it was not possible to offer them a place at any of their preferred schools or because parents did not complete an application form) will be offered a place at their catchment community school, if spaces are still available, and if there is a catchment school for the home address. If there are no spaces available at their catchment community school, or if there is no catchment community school, then a place will be offered at the nearest community school with places available or the nearest Academy, Voluntary Aided or Trust school willing to offer a place. Any parent of a child seeking a Reception class place who remains unplaced after all of their preferences have been processed, because it was not possible to offer them a place at any of their preferred schools, will be offered a place at their catchment community school, if spaces are still available, and if there is a catchment community school for their home address. If there are no spaces available at their catchment community school, or there is no catchment community school, a place will be offered at the next nearest community school with places available or the nearest Academy, Voluntary Aided or Trust school willing to offer a place.


Unless otherwise stated in a school’s admission arrangements, distance from home to school will be the shortest walking route measured by public roads and footpaths, from the applicant’s home address to the nearest open pedestrian gate to the school site. You are strongly advised to check the admission criteria for each school so that you are clear on how an application for that school will be considered and how distance from home to school will be measured.

How are school places offered? All admission authorities use an ‘Equal Preference Scheme’.

This means, at the first stage of the process, each of your preferences is considered regardless of your ranking or preference order alongside all other expressions of preference for the school and all preferences expressed for a school are ranked purely against the school’s oversubscription (admission) criteria.

If a school is over-subscribed (there are more applications than there are places available), places will be offered strictly in accordance with the admission criteria stated in the admission policy for that school.

If a school is undersubscribed, then places will be offered to all applicants. If potentially you can be offered a place at more than one of your preferences, a place will be offered at the school which you have ranked the highest in your application and any lower ranked offers will be returned to the system to be offered to other applicants for those schools. If a place cannot be offered at any of your preferred schools, a place will be offered at the catchment community school - if places are still available – and if there is one for the home address or the nearest community school with places available or the nearest academy, Voluntary Aided or Trust school willing to offer a place. After the offer date the SCC Admissions Team can give details of schools with places available at that time of asking. For Community and Voluntary Controlled schools, the admission policy is that of the LA - Southampton City Council. For Academies, Voluntary Aided schools, and Trust schools the admission policy for the school is that of the Academy Trust or Governing Body of the school, which for each school is the admission authority. The admission policies for schools set out the priorities against which preferences are ranked and places offered.


Am I guaranteed a place at my catchment school? Neither the LA nor individual Admission Authorities can guarantee a place at any school. If you apply for your catchment school, if there is one for your address, as one of your preferences then the chances of your being offered a place there are reasonably high, but it cannot be guaranteed. If you do NOT apply for your catchment school, if there is one, then in many cases there will be no place at that school for your child if your other applications are unsuccessful. This will be because the school will have been filled with on-time applicants who did express a preference for the school. Unknown factors such as the number of siblings who will apply, or the number of applicants living in a catchment area and how close to the school they live, will affect who is offered places at the school.

Please remember:

A place is NOT reserved for you at your catchment school if your address has a catchment school.

If you do not apply for your catchment school if your address has one, in most cases you will not be offered a place at it if your preferences for other schools cannot be met. You are strongly advised to give careful consideration to this advice when making your application.

My child attends a pre-school or nursery that is on the site of the school or is part of the school, will I be offered a place at the school? Attendance at a nursery class or pre school, even one based on the school site, or one that is part of the school, does NOT give you any priority for a place in the reception class at the school; nor is transfer automatic. It is not lawful for a school to give priority to applicants attending any particular pre-school setting.

If you want a Reception class place at a school you must apply for it.

My child attends a linked school will they get a place at the next school automatically?

Transfer is NOT automatic at any stage For 2021 entry the admission arrangements for community and voluntary controlled Junior schools give priority to those attending the linked infant school. YOU MUST STILL MAKE AN APPLICATION – THIS IS NOT AN AUTOMATIC PROCESS. If your child attends a primary or junior school, he or she may not be able to get a place at the linked secondary school. You must make an application for the secondary school if you


want a place there and read the information in this brochure to see how places were offered at the school last year. This will give you an indication of how likely it is that you will be offered a place for 2020 entry.

When will I know if my child has a place?

For Reception Class applications

On 16 April 2021 all online applicants will receive an email (if they selected this option) notifying them of the outcome of their application. If the offer is for your first preference school this is the only notification you will receive. If, for some reason, you do not receive the email response to your application you can still view the outcome of your application on line by logging in to your online account. You will be able to respond to the offer of a school place on line.

In addition, if you apply online and do not receive an offer for your first preference school, you will be sent a letter posted on 16 April 2021 (2nd Class) advising you of the outcome of your application. You will also be able to view the outcome of your application online if you applied online. The letter will enclose a reply slip asking you to accept the place offered within 14 days. We urge you to accept the offer made to you in order to secure a school place for your child even if it is not at a school you have expressed a preference for. Accepting the offer does not affect your waiting list position for your higher ranked schools or any right of appeal for a school place. It does however secure a place for your child. The reply slip must be returned to the Admissions Team by the due date or the offer of the place may be withdrawn and offered to another child. This could leave your child with no school place for September. School places that are declined by parents are usually immediately offered to other parents.

For Junior School applications On 16 April 2021 all online applicants will receive email (if they selected this option) notifying them of the outcome of their application. If the offer is for your first preference school this is the only notification you will receive. If, for some reason, you do not receive an email response to your application you can still view the outcome of your application online. You will be able to respond to this offer online.

In addition, parents who applied online and do not receive an offer for their first preference school will be sent a letter by posted on 16 April 2021 (2nd Class) advising you of the outcome of your application. You will also be able to view the outcome of your application online if you applied online. The letter will enclose a reply slip asking you to accept the place offered within 14 days. We urge parents to accept this offer in order to secure a school place for their child. Accepting the offer does not affect your waiting list position for your higher ranked schools or any right of appeal for a school place. It does however secure


a place for your child. The reply slip must be returned to the Admissions Team by the due date or the offer of the place may be withdrawn and offered to another child. This could leave your child with no school place for September.

For Secondary school applications On 1 March 2021 all online applicants will receive email (if they selected this option) notifying them of the outcome of their application. If the offer is for your first preference school this is the only notification you will receive. If, for some reason, you do not receive an email response to your application you can still view the outcome of your application online. You will be able to respond to this offer online.

In addition parents who applied online and do not receive an offer for their first preference school will be sent a letter posted on 1 March 2021 (2nd Class) advising you of the outcome of your application. You will also be able to view the outcome of your application online if you applied online. The letter will enclose a reply slip asking you to accept the place offered within 14 days. We urge parents to accept this offer in order to secure a school place for their child even if it is not at one of your preferred schools. Accepting the offer does not affect your waiting list position for your higher ranked schools or any right of appeal for a school place. It does however secure a place for your child. The reply slip must be returned to the Admissions Team by the due date or the offer of the place may be withdrawn and offered to another child. This could leave your child with no school place for September.

How do waiting lists work? All unsuccessful applicants for any school which they ranked higher in their application than the school they are offered are automatically placed on the waiting list for those schools after the offer date. Admissions authorities must keep their waiting lists in the same way as they offer places i.e. according to the priorities shown in their oversubscription criteria. Late applications added to a waiting list are ranked against these criteria and added to the waiting list at a position determined by the criteria. Date of application and length of time on the list cannot be taken into account. This means that children can move up and down waiting lists from day to day as applications come and go. Because children are on waiting lists for higher preferences than the school they were offered it is assumed that parents will want an offer of a place at a school they are on the waiting list for. What happens if a place comes up for me from the waiting list for another school? The expectation is that if your child is on the waiting list for a higher ranked school you will want a place at the school if one becomes available.


If a place becomes available at a school from the waiting list at a school you ranked higher in your application than the one already offered to you, an offer of a place at the new school will be made automatically and the current offer of a school place withdrawn and offered to another child. We will NOT contact you to ask if you want the place before making the offer and withdrawing your existing place and offering it to another child. Therefore, it is important that if at any point you do NOT wish your child to remain on a waiting list for a school you inform the admissions team immediately.

What if I miss the deadline for applications? If you miss the deadline for applications, you will not be able to apply online. The system will close at 23.59 on the closing date for that transfer group, and you will have to ask the Admissions Team for a paper application form. Your application will be classed as ‘late’ and processed after all the ‘on-time’ applications.

Late applicants Any application received after the relevant closing date for applications will be a late application unless there are exceptional reasons for the late application. Late applicants may not receive their offer letter until after the relevant national offer dates. The letter will offer you a place on behalf of the appropriate admission authority. You will also be sent a reply slip asking you to accept the place offered within 14 days. This must be returned to the Admissions Team by the due date or your place may be withdrawn and offered to another child. If you are not offered a place at a school you wanted, you will be given reasons why a place could not be allocated and you will have the right to make a formal appeal to an Independent Appeal Panel. Details of how to appeal will be included in the decision letter you receive. The decision of the Independent Appeal Panel is final and binding on both the Admission Authority and the appellant.

What if I move house or there is some other major change in my circumstances? Admission authorities make offers to parents based on the information that was correct at the closing date for applications.

It is possible for a brief period after the closing date to make alterations to applications if a major change in a child’s or family’s circumstances has occurred. A change of mind on which school to apply for is NOT such a change.

The process of determining the outcome of your application takes a considerable time and the details of an application cannot be changed after a certain point in the process. Once data has been sent to schools that are their own admission authority and to other LAs it is not possible to make changes to the details of your application such as change of address, a sibling starting at the school you have requested, etc.


For secondary school applications the last date for notifying the LA of any change to your application because of a major change in circumstances is 23.59 on 16 November 2019. Any changes must be notified to the Admissions Team in writing and supported by evidence for the change. The admission authority for each school you mention in your application will decide whether or not to accept the application as on time. For Reception Class and Junior school applications the last date for notifying the LA of any change to your application because of a major change in circumstances is 23.59 on 29 January 2021. Any changes must be notified to the Admissions Team in writing and supported by evidence for the change. The admission authority for each school you mention in your application will decide whether or not to accept the application as on time. If the major change in circumstances is a change of address then unless the reason for the change is exceptional the home address at the closing date for applications will be the one used for determining the outcome of your application. If you have exchanged contracts and agreed a completion date or have signed a tenancy agreement, this can be used as proof of your new address. Places cannot be reserved in schools, even for people moving into a catchment area. It is therefore possible that the catchment school for your new address may be full. If you move house and have not submitted evidence by the closing date for submission of evidence, your new address cannot be considered for allocation purposes until after the offer date for your transfer group (1 March 2021 for secondary applications and 16 April 2021 for reception class and junior school applications.)

Evidence requests and false information

If an admission authority is in any doubt about the validity of the information supplied in an application, it may require further evidence to be provided and may, exceptionally, visit the house. Any evidence supplied must be recent and dated before any letter sent to you requesting the information. Evidence will not be accepted unless it is received by the required date. Until the evidence is received, the application will be considered without the disputed information. This may seriously affect your application. Examples of evidence of address could be a recent council tax bill, tenancy agreement, or proof of exchange of contracts. It is an offence to give false information to obtain a place at a school. Any place obtained by use of fraudulent information may be withdrawn. The LA may act on behalf of an admission authority in asking for proof of address and verification of information given in an application, or the admission authority may contact you directly.


Children of Service Personnel The Council aims to ensure that the children of service personnel are not disadvantaged in making applications for school places. We will follow the requirements of the School Admissions Code in taking as an application address either the addresses mentioned in paragraph 2.18 of the Code or the family’s home address in the city if the family’s return is confirmed by an official letter from the relevant service unit commander. Applications for school places to start in academic year 2021-22

These applications are known as In-Year applications and can be made at any time in the year. They are not part of the “normal admissions round”. If you are applying for a school place in academic year 2021-2022 (September 2020 to July 2021) you can apply using the same Citizen’s Portal as used for mainround admissions. Southampton City Council does not routinely coordinate with Hampshire County Council over in-year admissions. If you wish to apply for a place in a Hampshire school you should contact the Hampshire Admissions Team at [email protected] or telephone 0845 603 5623.



SOUTHAMPTON CITY COUNCIL THE CO-ORDINATED SCHEME FOR YEAR R ENTRY TO INFANT/PRIMARY SCHOOLS

SCHOOL YEAR 2021/22

1. INTRODUCTION

This scheme details proposals for the co-ordinated admission arrangements for infant and primary schools in Southampton. The proposed scheme is in accordance with the School Admissions (Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements) (England) Regulations 2008 and the School Admissions Code (2014).

2. BACKGROUND

The School Standards and Framework Act 1998, as amended by the Education Act 2002, the School Admissions (Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements) (England) Regulations 2008 and The School Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Coordination of Admission Arrangements) (England) (Amendment) Regulations 2014 set a duty on Local Authorities (LAs) to formulate a scheme covering every maintained school in their area, to co-ordinate the admissions process for primary intakes.

The LA must then consult all other admission authorities in the area who it proposes should adopt the scheme.

3. THE SCHEME

The purpose of the co-ordinated admission scheme is to establish mechanisms for ensuring that every parent of a child living in the LA area who has applied for a school place in the ‘normal admissions round’ receives an offer of one, and only one, school place on the same day. Schemes should also address how late applications will be handled. Co-ordinated schemes are an administrative process to make school admissions easier, more transparent and less stressful for parents.

The Southampton City Council co-ordinated scheme for infant/primary schools aims to encompass all the schools including academies in its area. The School Admissions Code requires that all schools in the LA’s area operate the ‘equal preference’ allocation criterion. Parents must apply for places in different LAs via their Home LA, using the application form for that LA, so there is a requirement for LAs to exchange data.

The co-ordinated scheme has been broken down into the following headings:


• Data capture • Application process • Closing date • Processing of applications • Late applications • Decision letters

4. DATA CAPTURE

In July 2020 “rising 4” data will be downloaded, by the Admissions Team, from the Early Years modules of the ONE database and a list of rising 4 children will be obtained from Southampton City Primary Care Trust (SCPCT).

5. THE APPLICATION PROCESS

• A letter giving advice to parents for children in the transfer group, about online applications and use of forms, will be sent to parents in late August/early September 2020.The composite prospectus will be available online at the Southampton City Council website from no later than 12 September 2020.

• Online application commences 9 September 2020. • Parents of children living outside the city but wishing to apply for a place at a

Southampton LA area school must apply via their Home LA. • Parents who live in the city who wish to apply for a place at a school in another LA

area (e.g. Hampshire) must apply through the Southampton Admissions processes

6. CLOSING DATE

The closing date for applications will be 23:59 on 15 January 2021. This date is set in the regulations. Online applications will come direct to the Admissions Team.

7. PROCESSING OF ON-TIME APPLICATIONS

Own Admission Authority School applications – the data on any application that mentions an own admission authority school regardless of the ranking of the school on the form will be sent to the own admission authority school no later than 5pm 21 February 2021.

Community/VC School applications – applications will be imported in to the One database in order that initial allocations can be made on an equal preference basis.

By 5pm Friday 15 March 2021, own admission authority schools will advise the Admissions Team of the rank order against their criteria of all the applications referred to them.


In the event that more than one place can be offered, e.g. at a VA school and a Community/VC school or at two Community/VC schools, the place that will be offered will be the one that is highest preference in the application.

For example, if the Community/VC school is 1st preference and the VA school is 2nd preference but both schools can offer a place, the place will be offered at the Community/VC school. However, if the VA school is the higher preference then the place will be offered at this school. In the case of two Community/VC places being available for offer, the offer will be made for the higher preference school. The Admissions Team will advise the VA schools of any children who are offered places at higher preference schools.

8. LATE APPLICATIONS

Any application submitted after the closing date will be treated as a late application. These will not be processed until after the on-time applications.

9. UNPLACED CHILDREN

Any child who remains unplaced after their application has been processed, either because they failed to get into any school requested or did not complete a form, will be offered a place at their catchment school, if places are still available. If there are no places available at their catchment school, they will be offered a place at the nearest school with places available to their home address. Distance to the home address will be measured in accordance with the published arrangements for each school

10. OUTCOME OF APPLICATIONS

All parents/carers resident in Southampton will be notified of the outcome of their application on 16 April 2021. This date is set in regulations. Southampton LA will make the offer of places at those schools (Community/VC) where it is the admission authority and will also offer on behalf of the governing bodies of those schools where it is not the admission authority. Email notifications only will be sent to those parents who applied online unless a written notification has been requested. Applicants who are not offered their first preference school will receive a formal letter from the Admissions Team giving the reasons for refusal and guidance on how to appeal.

Parents who receive an email notification will be able to accept their offer of a school place online. Those parents who receive a decision letter will also receive a reply slip that they must complete to accept the place offered to them. The Admissions Team will notify own admission authority schools of any places they have offered that have been refused so that offers can be made to other parents, if necessary. Parents will be offered the right of appeal


against a refusal of a place as laid down in the School Standards and Framework Act 1998, as amended by the Education Act 2002, and supporting regulations.

11. DATA TO SCHOOLS

Data will be provided to schools regularly from 16 April 2021 through to the end of July 2021. The Admissions Team will work closely with schools to ensure that they have as much data as possible on potential numbers of reception class starters as soon as is possible. From 16 April 2021, schools will receive student data in the form of lists showing who has been allocated places at their schools either on line or otherwise electronically.

12. SUMMARY

This proposed scheme encompasses all the elements of the co-ordinated admissions scheme outlined in the law. A timetable showing how the process would work for the September 2021 intake is attached at the annexe.


CO-ORDINATED INFANT/PRIMARY SCHOOLS ADMISSIONS SCHEME

TIMETABLE FOR 2021/22

DATE

ACTIVITY

July 2020 Admission Team obtains details of “rising 4” children.

Transfer group of all eligible children set up in the ONE database.

Mid – August to early September 2020

Letters outlining application procedure sent to all parents in the transfer group; letters advise parents to make online applications if at all possible, or to use paper forms where they genuinely cannot.

9 September 2020 Online application window opens.

15 January 2021 Closing date for online applications and paper forms.

21 February 2021 Admissions Team sends details of all on time applications to other LAs if necessary.

21 February 2021 Admissions Team sends details of all relevant applications to own admission authority schools in Southampton.

15 March 2021 Own admission authority schools return ranked applications details to the Admissions Team.

16 April 2021 Parents advised by email and/or letter from the Admissions Team of the outcome of their application.


SOUTHAMPTON CITY COUNCIL THE CO-ORDINATED SCHEME FOR YEAR R ENTRY TO JUNIOR SCHOOLS

SCHOOL YEAR 2021/22

1. INTRODUCTION

This scheme details proposals for the co-ordinated admission arrangements for junior schools in Southampton. The proposed scheme is in accordance with the School Admissions (Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements) (England) Regulations 2008 as amended by The School Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Coordination of Admission Arrangements) (England) (Amendment) Regulations 2014 and the School Admissions Code (2014).

2. BACKGROUND

The School Standards and Framework Act 1998, as amended by the Education Act 2002, the School Admissions (Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements) (England) Regulations 2008 aa amended by The School Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Coordination of Admission Arrangements) (England) (Amendment) Regulations 2014 set a duty on Local Authorities (LAs) to formulate a scheme covering every maintained school in their area, to co-ordinate the admissions process for primary intakes.


3. THE SCHEME


Parents must apply for places in different LAs via their home local authority. This means that parents resident in Southampton applying for junior schools in, say, Hampshire must apply through the Southampton City Council Admissions Team. The co-ordinated scheme has been broken down into the following headings:


• Data capture • Application process • Closing date • Processing of applications • Late applications • Decision letters

4. DATA CAPTURE

In July 2020 Year 1 pupils’ data will be downloaded, by the Admissions Team, from the school databases and the Year 3 transfer group created. The LA will download details of SCC resident children attending infant schools in Hampshire from HCC.

5. APPLICATION PROCESS

• Details of the process for junior transfer will be issued direct by post to the parents of Year 2 pupils early in September 2020.

• Registration for online admission application commences 9 September 2020. • Parents of children living outside the city but wishing to apply for a place at a

Southampton junior school must apply through their Home LA • Parents who live in the city who wish to apply for a place at a school in another LA

area (e.g. Hampshire) must apply for those schools via the Southampton application system

6. CLOSING DATE

The closing date for applications will be 23:59 on 15 January 2021. This date is set in regulations. Online applications will come direct to the Admissions Team.

7. PROCESSING OF ON-TIME APPLICATIONS

The Admissions Team will process first all those applications submitted by the closing date.

Own Admission Authority School applications – the data on any application that mentions an own admission authority school regardless of the ranking of the school on the form will be sent to the own admission authority school no later than 5pm 21 February 2021. Community/VC School applications - applications will be imported in to the One database in order that initial allocations can be made on an equal preference basis.


By 5pm Friday 15 March 2021, own admission authority schools will advise the Admissions Team of the rank order against their criteria of all the applications referred to them. In the event that more than one place can be offered, e.g. at a VA school and a Community/VC school or at two Community/VC schools, the place that will be offered will be the one that is highest preference in the application. For example, if the Community/VC school is 1st preference and the VA school is 2nd preference but both schools can offer a place, the place will be offered at the Community/VC school. However, if the VA school is the higher preference then the place will be offered at this school. In the case of two Community/VC places being available for offer, the offer will be made for the higher preference school. The Admissions Team will advise the VA schools of any children who are offered places at higher preference schools.

8. LATE APPLICATIONS

Any application received after the closing date will be treated as a late application. These will not be processed until after the on-time applications. They will be processed in the same way as the on-time applications as detailed in paragraph 7 above.


Any child who remains unplaced after their application has been processed, either because they failed to get into any school requested or did not make an application, will be offered a place at their linked junior school, if places are still available. If there are no places available at their linked junior school, they will be offered a place at the junior school with places available nearest to their home address that is prepared to offer a place. Distance from a preferred school to the home address will be measured by using a computerised GIS system that uses data supplied by Ordnance Survey using either shortest walking distance or direct distance as specified in the schools admission arrangements. Addresses are identified and positioned using the LLPG database or the Post Office Address database.


The outcome of applications will notified to parents on 16 April 2021. Email notifications will be sent to those parents who applied online unless the applicants has requested a written letter. Parents who did not receive an offer of their first preference school will be notified in a formal letter accompanied by a reply slip that parents must complete to accept any place offered to them. Parents will be offered


the right of appeal against a refusal of a place as laid down in the School Standards and Framework Act 1998, as amended by the Education Act 2002, and supporting regulations.

11. DATA TO SCHOOLS

Data will be provided to schools on a regular basis from 16 April 2021 through to the end of July 2021. Although the Admissions Team will already know the names of 1st preference applicants it cannot be assumed that these are the children who will be offered places after the oversubscription criteria have been applied. It is possible that an applicant who has named the school as 1st preference may have lower priority under the oversubscription criteria than children who have expressed a 2nd or 3rd preference for a school. The Admissions Team will work closely with schools to ensure that they have as much data on potential numbers of year 3 starters as soon as possible. On 16 April 2021, schools will receive student data electronically showing who has been offered places at their schools. From June 2020 onwards, junior schools will receive transfer files from the infant schools their children are coming from.

12. APPLICATIONS TO PRIMARY SCHOOLS

Applications for places in year 3 at a primary school for September 2021 will not be included in this process. Parents who want such a place must make a normal in year transfer at the appropriate time. This is normally in June/July.

13. SUMMARY This proposed scheme encompasses all the elements of the co-ordinated admissions scheme outlined in the regulations. A timetable showing how the process would work for the September 2021 intake is attached at the annexe.


CO-ORDINATED JUNIOR SCHOOLS ADMISSIONS SCHEME

TIMETABLE 2021/22

DATE

ACTIVITY

July 2020 Admissions Team downloads details of Year 1 pupils in city infant schools and receives data from HCC of Southampton children in HCC infant schools.

Early September 2020 Letters outlining application procedure sent to all parents in the transfer group.


15 January 2021 Closing date for applications.

21 February 2021 Admissions Team sends details of all relevant applications to own admission authority schools in Southampton.

16 March 2021 Own admission authority schools return ranked applications details to the Admissions Team.

16 April 2021 Parents advised by email and/or letter from the Admissions Team of the outcome of their application.


SOUTHAMPTON CITY COUNCIL THE CO-ORDINATED SCHEME FOR YEAR R ENTRY TO SECONDARY SCHOOLS

SCHOOL YEAR 2021/22

1. INTRODUCTION

This scheme details proposals for the co-ordinated admission arrangements for secondary schools in Southampton. The proposed scheme is in accordance with the School Admissions (Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements) (England) Regulations 2008 as amended by The School Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Coordination of Admission Arrangements) (England) (Amendment) Regulations 2014 and the School Admissions Code 2014.

2. BACKGROUND

The School Standards and Framework Act 1998, as amended by the Education Act 2002, and the School Admissions (Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements) (England) Regulations 2008 as amended by The School Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Coordination of Admission Arrangements) (England) (Amendment) Regulations 2014 set a duty on Local Authorities (LAs) to formulate a scheme covering every maintained school in their area, to co-ordinate the admissions process for secondary intakes.


3. THE SCHEME


For September 2021, the co-ordinated scheme will comprise the following elements: -

• Data capture • Application process


• Closing date • Processing of applications • Late applications • Decision letters

4. DATA CAPTURE

In July 2020, year 5 data will be downloaded from school databases and filtered. Details of children living in Hampshire County Council’s (HCC’s) area will be passed to HCC’s Admissions Team. Likewise, HCC will provide the Southampton Admissions Team with the details of those children who live in Southampton City Council’s (SCC’s) relevant area but attend a HCC primary/junior school.

5. THE APPLICATION PROCESS

• Details of the application process will be issued to direct to parents/carers in early September 2020.

• Online application commences 9 September 2020. • Details of the application process will also be sent to children resident in the city

but attending a HCC primary or junior school in early September 2020. • Children resident in the city who wish to apply for a school in Hampshire must

apply using Southampton online application/paper form. • Children resident in Hampshire but who wish to apply for a Southampton school

must apply using Hampshire processes. • The Southampton “form” will enable parents to express a preference for a school

outside the Southampton/Hampshire area. • Applicants to St Anne’s or St George should complete the necessary

Supplementary Information Form (SIF) for that school and upload them to the online application or send them directly to the school.

• Applicants for Bitterne Park School wanting their child to be assessed for aptitude for the performing arts must indicate this in their application.

• Applicants for St Anne’s Catholic Schools wanting their child to be assessed for aptitude for music must indicate this in their application.

6. CLOSING DATE

The closing date for applications will be 23:59 on 31 October 2020. This date is set in the regulations. Online applications will come direct to the Admissions Team.


7. PROCESSING OF APPLICATIONS

Own admission authority applications: – Any application that shows a preference for any own admission authority school, regardless of the ranking of the school on the form, will be processed as a priority and the relevant data from the application forms will be sent to the schools no later than 23 November 2020.

Other LA school applications: - Data will be sent to the relevant LA’s Admissions Team for processing by 23 November at the latest.

Southampton school applications: – applications will be input onto the ONE database in order that initial allocations can be made.

By Friday 10 January 2021, own admission authority schools advise the Admissions Team of the ranking against their criteria of all the applications referred to them.

In the event that more than one place can be offered, e.g. at St George and a Southampton Community school or two Southampton Community schools, the place that will be offered will be the one that is highest preference on the application form. The Admissions Team will exchange information as required with other LAs to enable a single highest possible offer to be made.

8. LATE PREFERENCES

Any application received after the closing date will be treated as a late application. These will not be processed until after the on-time applications. They will be processed in the same way as the on-time applications as detailed in paragraph 7 above, in close consultation with other admissions authorities.


Any child who remains unplaced after their application has been processed, either because they have not been eligible to be offered a place at any of the schools requested or because they did not complete a form, will be offered a place at their catchment school, if places are still available. If there are no places available at their catchment school, they will be offered a place at the nearest school to their home address with places available. Distance from a preferred school to the home address will be measured by the shortest walking distance using public roads and footpaths or straight line distance as required by the admission arrangements for the school.


Distance will be measured by the SCC Admissions Team using a GIS system.


Parents of children living in the Southampton City Council relevant area will be notified of the outcome of their application by the Admissions Team on 1 March 2021. Southampton LA will make the offer of places at those schools (Community/VC) where it is the admission authority and will make the offer on behalf of the governing bodies of schools where it is not the admission authority and on behalf of other Las when the school is outside the city. Email notifications will be sent to those parents who applied online unless the applicant requested a written decision. Parents who receive their notification on line will be able to accept the offer they receive online.

Parents who do not receive their first preference offer will be sent a formal letter by post; letters will be accompanied by a reply slip that parents will need to complete to accept any place offered to them. The Admissions Team will notify other admission authorities and LAs of any places they have offered on their behalf that have been refused so that other offers can be made if necessary. Parents will be offered the right of appeal against a refusal of a place as laid down in the School Standards and Framework Act 1998, as amended by the Education Act 2002, and supporting regulations.

11. DATA TO SCHOOLS

Data will be provided to schools regularly from November 2020 through to the end of July 2021. Although the Admissions Team will already know the names of 1st preference applicants it cannot be assumed that these are the children who will be offered places after the oversubscription criteria have been applied. It is possible that an applicant who has named the school as 1st preference may have lower priority under the oversubscription criteria than children who have expressed a 2nd or 3rd preference for a school. The Admissions Team will work closely with schools to ensure that they have as much data on potential numbers of year 7 starters as soon as possible. From 1 March 2021, schools will receive student data electronically showing who has been allocated places at their schools. From March 2021, secondary schools will receive transfer files from the primary/junior schools their children are coming from.

12. SUMMARY

This proposed scheme encompasses all the elements of the co-ordinated admissions scheme outlined in the law. A timetable showing how the process would work for the September 2021 intake is attached at the annexe.


CO-ORDINATED SECONDARY SCHOOLS ADMISSIONS SCHEME

TIMETABLE 2020/21

DATE

ACTIVITY

July 2020 Admissions Team obtains details of Year 5 pupils in city primary/junior schools and advises other LAs of any children who currently attend a SCC school but live in the other LA’s area. Other LAs do the same for their children.

Early September 2020 Application details sent to parents living in the city area.


31 October 2020 Closing date for applications; online window closes at 23:59.

23 November 2020 Admissions Team sends relevant details of all applications for own admission authority schools/other LAs to these admission authorities.

10 January 2021 Own admission authority schools /other LAs advise Admissions Team of outcome of ranking applications.

January/February 2021

Admissions Team to add VA schools/other LA results to processing of Community applications to determine offers.

1 March 2021 SCC parents advised by email, and some by letter, from the Admissions Team of the result of their application.


General Information for parents School details

The following pages show how places were offered at oversubscribed schools last year and give an indication of your chances of success at those schools for 2021. However, it must be noted that previous experience is not a guarantee of future outcomes. Especially at the Reception Class stage the number of children looking for school places is much higher than in recent years and although there are enough school places across the city it may be that in some areas the demand for places outstrips the supply available at schools very close to parents’ homes.

Linked Infant and Junior Schools

Infant School Junior School

Fairisle Infant Fairisle Junior

Glenfield Infant Beechwood Junior

Hollybrook Infant Hollybrook Junior

Ludlow Infant Ludlow Junior

Maytree Infant Mount Pleasant Junior

Shirley Infant Shirley Junior

Sholing Infant Sholing Junior

Townhill Infant Townhill Junior

Weston Shore Infant Weston Park Primary

Woolston Infant Ludlow Junior

Linked Junior/Primary and Secondary Schools

Secondary School Junior/Primary School

Bitterne Park School Beechwood Junior

Bitterne Manor Primary

Bitterne Park Primary

St Denys Primary

Townhill Junior


Moorlands Primary

Cantell School Bassett Green Primary

Bevois Town Primary

Highfield Cof E Primary

Portswood Primary

Mansbridge Primary

Mount Pleasant Junior

Swaythling Primary

Redbridge Community School Mansel Park Primary

Mason Moor Primary

Newlands Primary

Redbridge Primary

Tanners Brook Primary

Regents Park Community College Foundry Lane Primary

St Mark’s Co E VC Primary

St Johns Primary and Nursery

Freemantle CE Community Academy

Oasis Academy Sholing Bitterne C of E Primary

Sholing Junior

St Monica Primary

Upper Shirley High School Hollybrook Junior

Shirley Junior

Woodlands Community College Harefield Primary

Hightown Primary


Kanes Hill Primary

Thornhill Primary

Chamberlayne College for the Arts, OASIS Academy Lordshill, and OASIS Academy Mayfield no longer have any named feeder primary/junior schools.

The two Catholic schools, St Anne’s and St George have a number of named feeder Catholic Primary schools in Southampton and beyond. Please see their admission arrangements for details.

Gereral Advice

• Make your preferences wisely • Investigate your preferred schools fully - by a visit if possible. Check the

admission number and how the oversubscription criteria might apply to you. • Make sure you nominate three different schools on your application form to

increase your chance of getting a school you have some preference for. • Remember that attendance at a nursery class does not guarantee a place in

Year R at the same infant / primary school, neither does a place at an infant school guarantee an automatic place at the linked junior school. You must make an application.

• Remember that your catchment school cannot reserve a place for you should you apply to other schools and be unsuccessful in your application for them.

• You cannot change your preferences after the closing date unless you have very strong reason.

• Make sure you provide all the information needed to support your application. • Applications online are easy and you know the application has arrived safely.

Applications for Southampton schools should be made online. If you cannot do so online after seeking assistance then you can apply on a paper form which you can obtain from the Admissions Team at Southampton City Council.

If you are applying for a place at Holy Family, St Patrick’s, Springhill Catholic, St George Catholic, St Anne’s Catholic Schools you will also need to complete the Supplementary Information form for that school by the closing date. You must complete a separate SIF for each school you apply for.

If you are applying for a place at Highfield CofE Primary School you need only complete a SIF if you are claiming some priority under their religious criteria.

• If you are applying for a school outside the Southampton LA area you must apply through Southampton City Council.


• If you are applying for your child to attend a Church of England voluntary controlled school on denominational grounds, you need to provide evidence of regular church attendance at services held by the Church of England or a local ecumenical partnership (as defined in the school’s prospectus) . This must be certified by the vicar or someone else of authority in the church and sent to the admissions team marked clearly with your child’s name and date of birth.

• If you are applying for a particular school on medical or psychological grounds you need to upload written evidence (e.g. from a doctor or psychologist) to you online application that states why your preferred school is the one best able to meet your child’s medical or psychological needs. A diagnosis on its own is unlikely to be sufficient evidence. You can alos scan and email this information and send r=or send it to School Admissions at Southampton City Council.

• Evidence must be sent directly to the Admissions Team, clearly marked with your child’s name and date of birth otherwise your child cannot be considered under this criterion.

Make sure you meet the deadline

Submit you online application by 23.59 on 31 October 2020 (secondary places) or by 23.59 on 15 January 2021 (reception and junior places).


Other information School meals

Schools provide a place where meals can be eaten at midday and children may bring their own packed lunches. A selection of school meals is available and vegetarian and special diet meals can be ordered. If you are in receipt of certain benefits and/or believe you may qualify for free school meals, please contact your child’s school, and they will be able to provide you with more information. Please be assured that schools treat as confidential any information about children receiving free school meals.

Help with transport

Primary aged children

Children must meet all the following criteria to be eligible for assistance with transport:

• be attending their catchment (or a nearer) school • live more than 2 miles from the school - children in years R to 3 • live more than 3 miles from the school - children in years 4 to 6 (2 miles for

children who meet the means testing criteria)

Secondary aged children

Children must meet all the following criteria to be eligible for assistance with transport:

• be attending their catchment (or a nearer) school • live more than 3 miles from the school

or

• be attending one of the three nearest schools to their home • live more than 2 miles but less than 6 miles from the school • meet the means-testing criteria

or

• be attending the nearest appropriate faith school to their home • live more than 2 miles but less than 15 miles from the school • meet the means-testing criteria • be able to provide documentary evidence confirming that they are attending

the school for faith reasons

Minimum walking distances are measured by the shortest walking route. Maximum distances are measured by the shortest available driving route.


The means testing criteria is - child eligible for free school meals or parent/carer in receipt of MAXIMUM Working Tax Credit. Means tested transport must be applied for every school year and continuing eligibility is dependent upon all the qualifying criteria being met each year.

Suitable documentary evidence of faith is one of the following:

1. A copy of the child’s baptismal certificate showing that they are baptised into the faith of the school.

2. A letter from the child’s faith leader confirming that they are otherwise accepted into the faith of the school.

3. A letter from the child’s faith leader stating that whilst they are not of the faith of the school, they are attending the school on the grounds of their faith.

You will not qualify for transport assistance if:

1. You name schools in your application that are further from your home than your catchment (or a nearer) school, or, one of the three nearest schools to your home, are not successful with your application, and, then cannot get a place at closer schools because they are full.

2. Your application is not made at the ‘normal time’ for applications. The normal time for applications is:

i) The published deadline for applications when your child is starting school or moving to a different phase of their education i.e. from infant to junior school.

ii) When you move to an address in the City if you have previously been living elsewhere.

iii) When you have a change of address within the City.

Late applicants who move to an address in the City having previously lived elsewhere may be entitled to assistance with transport if all nearer schools to their home than the one their child is offered a place at are full. All other eligibility criteria must be met.

For further information about assistance with transport and details of how to apply:

Visit: www.southampton.gov.uk/learning/schools/schooltravel

Email: [email protected]

Phone: 023 8083 3463 or 023 8083 3467


Sources of support

Further information and advice is available from the following City Council staff:

Admissions Team:

Southampton City Council, Admissions Team ,

Civic Centre, Southampton, SO14 7LY

023 8083 3004

Visit: www.southampton.gov.uk/admissions

email : [email protected]

Transport Coordination Unit

email: [email protected]

Visit: www.southampton.gov.uk/learning/schools/schooltravel

Special Educational Needs:

023 8083 3270

email: [email protected]

Independent advice is available from:

Advisory Centre for Education (ACE)

1c Aberdeen Studios

22 Highbury Grove

London

N5 2DQ

0808 800 5793 (freephone)

www.ace-ed.org.uk


http://www.ace-ed.org.uk/

How places were offered at oversubscribed Infant/Primary Schools for September 2020 Entry

Community Schools

School

Bitterne Park Primary

Oakwood Primary

Redbridge Primary

Sinclair Primary

Woolston Infant School

PAN

90

60

30

30

60

Places Offered

90

60

30

30

60

Named ECHP

0

0

2

0

0

Children in Public

Care

0

0

0

0

1

Vulnerabl e

Children

0

0

0

0

0

Siblings

29

28

17

9

12

Medical

2

0

0

0

0

In Catchme

nt

51

27

11*

10

29

Distance

8*

5*

0

11*

18*

Distance of last

child to be

admitted (miles) 0.903

1.196

0.587

1.459

1.143

The final column shows the distance from home to school of the last child to be offered a place under the criterion that filled the school - marked * and in bold.

At all other Infant/Primary Community schools all eligible on time applicants were offered places.

Voluntary Controlled Schools

School PAN Places Offered

Named ECHP

Children in Public

Care

Vulnerabl e

Children

Siblings Medical In Catchme

nt

C of E Distance Distance of last

child to be

admitted (miles)

Bitterne C of E Primary 60 60 2 1 0 27 0 18 3 9* 0.595


Glenfield Infant

90 90

Harefield Primary

60 60

Hollybrook Infant

60 60

Ludlow Infant

90 90

Portswood Primary

60 60

Sholing Infant 90 90

Springhill Catholic Primary School

90 90


Named ECHP

Children in Public

Care

Vulnerabl e

Children

Siblings Medical Catchme nt

Distance Distance of last

child to be

admitted (miles)

Banister Primary 60 60 0 0 0 25 N/A N/A 35 1.058

Bitterne Manor Primary 30 30 0 0 0 12 0 17 0 0.404

Hope Community Free 30 30

St Denys Primary 30 30 2 0 0 10 0 15 3 0.613

St John's Primary 60 60 1 0 0 23 N/A N/A 36 1.504

Swaythling Primary 30 30 2 2 0 9 0 4 13 1.098

Weston Shore 30 30 2 0 0 0 0 0 28 1.479

Academies

At all other Voluntary Controlled Infant/Primary schools all eligible on time applicants were offered places.

The last child offered a place at the school was ranked number 125 on the Governors ranked list out of 205 on time applications and lived 0.965 miles from the school.

The last child to be offered a place at the school was ranked 213 on the Governors ranked list out of 276 on time applications. This child lived 1.315 miles from the school.

The last child to be offered a place at the school was ranked 117 on the Governors ranked list out of 205 on time applications and was in category 9 of their criteria. This child lived 1.299 miles from the school.

Criterion

The last child offered a place at the school was ranked number 185 on the Governors ranked list out of 194 on time applications. This child lived 1.921 miles from the school.




At all other Infant/Primary Academies all eligible on time applicants were offered places.

Trust Schools

The last child offered a place at the school was ranked number 44 on the Governors Ranked list out of 68 on time applications and was in category 3c of their criteria and lived 0.347 miles from the school.

At all other Infant/Primary Trust schools all eligible on time applicants were offered places.

Voluntary Aided Schools


Criteria

Highfield CE Primary 45 45 The last child offered a place at the school was ranked number 65 on the Governors Ranked list out of 149 on time applications and was in category 7 of their criteria and lived 0.639 miles from the school.

St Patrick’s Catholic Primary 60 60 The last child offered a place at the school was ranked number 104 on the Governors Ranked list out of 136 on time applications, was in category 10 of their criteria and lives 0.934 miles from the school.

At all other Infant/Primary Voluntary Aided schools all eligible on time applicants were offered places.

How places were offered at oversubscribed Junior Schools for September 2020 Entry

Community Schools


Named ECHP

Children in Public

Care

Vulnerabl e

Children

Siblings Medical In Catchme

nt

Distance Distance of last

child to be

admitted (miles)

Fairisle Junior 90 90 0 4 0 33 0 18 35 1.603


Beechwood Junior 90 90

Hollybrook Junior 60 60

Shirley Junior 90 91

Sholing Junior 90 90

The last child offered a place at the school was ranked number 92 on the Governors ranked list out of 133 on time applications. This child lived 1.596 miles from the school. The last child offered a place at the school was ranked number 94 on the Governors ranked list out of 172 on time applications. This child lived 0.307 miles from the school.

At all other Infant/Primary Community schools all eligible on time applicants were offered places.

Academies

Criterion



At all other Infant/Primary Academies all eligible on time applicants were offered places.

INFANT AND PRIMARY SCHOOL ADMISSION POLICIES SCHOOL YEAR 2021/22


Admissions Policy for Banister Primary School for 2021-22

The Governors of the school intend to admit 60 children in to the Reception Year in September 2021. Children who are the subjects of a Statement of Special Educational Needs or an Education Health and Care Plan (EHCP) will be admitted automatically but will count towards the PAN if admitted as part of the normal admissions round.

Applications submitted by 15 January 2021 will be dealt with first. If the number of applications submitted by 15 January 2021 is greater than the Published Admission Number (PAN), admissions to the school will be decided according to the following priorities:

1. Children in public care (looked after children) and previously looked after children

2. Children who have a brother or sister already on the roll of the school who will continue toattend that school for the following year. (This includes children living as siblings in the samefamily unit.) A sibling is a brother or sister, including half, step or adoptive brother or sister orfoster child living at the same address within the same family unit. Cousins, aunts or uncles,nephews or nieces at the same address are NOT classed as siblings.

3. Children who live closest to the school based on the shortest practicable walking distanceusing public roads and footpaths. These are calculated for the school by the SCCAdmissions Team using the Council’s GIS that uses data supplied by Ordnance Survey.

If the school is oversubscribed from within these criteria, priorities (2) to (3), as set out above, will be used to determine which children will be offered places. Should there be two or more identical distances requiring prioritization, this will be done by casting lots.

Late applications

If a school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in accordance with the priorities set out above.

Waiting lists

Unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list for the school. If places become available, children on the waiting list will automatically be offered them according to the priorities set out above. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on-time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. Waiting lists will be maintained by the Admissions Manager at Southampton City Council. Waiting list will be maintained until the end of the school year 2021-22.

Appeals

If you are not allocated a place at Banister, you have the right to an independent appeal. If you are not offered a place at your first choice school, Southampton City Council will send you appeal guidance with your allocation letter.

Appeals must be lodged by the dates shown on the local authority appeal timetable. This is published before offers are made.

Entry into Reception Class

The offer made to parents for reception class is of a full time place from the first day of term in September 2021. Parents have the right to defer entry of their child into reception class to any point up the time the child is of statutory school age (the term starting after their child’s 5th birthday) or until any point in the reception year if their child is not of statutory school age until after the start of the summer term in the reception year. Parents CANNOT however defer entry until the start of Year 1 i.e. the reception class place cannot be held open over the summer holidays. The child must start school at some point in the reception year. Parents can request part time education for their child in the reception year up until the child is of statutory school age it if it in the child’s best interests.

Admissions Policy for Bassett Green Primary School for 2021-2022

Bassett Green Primary School is part of the Aspire Community Trust. The Governing Body (GB) of the school is the admission authority for the school. As required in the School Admissions Code, the GB will consider all on time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions. Parents may express up to three (3) preferences, listing them in the order in which they would accept them. All preferences will be considered and where more than one school could be offered, the parents will be offered a place for their child at the highest ranked of the schools that could be offered. Published Admission Number (PAN) Bassett Green Primary School will admit up to 60 pupils to Year R in September 2021. Children with Education, Health and Care Plans (EHCP) that name a school Children with Education, Health and Care Plans (EHCPs) that name a school must be admitted to that school under the Education Act 1996 and with regard to the SEND Code of Practice. These children will be admitted to the named school, even if it is full, and are therefore outside the normal admission arrangements. As required by the Code these children will count as part of the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school. Oversubscription criteria Applications submitted by 15 January 2021 will be dealt with first. If the number of applications submitted by 15 January 2021 is greater than the PAN for a school, admissions to the school will be decided according to the following priorities:

1. Children in public care (looked after children) and previously looked after children as defined by section 1.7 of the School Admissions Code, which states: Previously looked after children are children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order or special guardianship order).

2. Children subject to a child protection plan or deemed to be vulnerable by the Senior Officer with

responsibility for safeguarding in Southampton City Council.

3. Children who have a sibling already on the roll of the school who will continue to attend that school for the following year.

4. Children whose parents have satisfied the Local Authority that their child has a significant medical or

psychological condition which means they must attend the preferred school rather than any other. Applications must be supported by appropriate written evidence from a doctor or psychologist.

5. Children who live within the school’s designated catchment area.

6. Children who live closest to the school.

Should the school be oversubscribed from within any of the criteria, then distance, as defined below, will be used to prioritise applications within these categories. Should there be two or more identical distances requiring prioritisation, this will be done by casting lots. Lots will be drawn by the Education Lead, Southampton City Council.


Definitions Sibling: This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit. In the case of applications for places at infant schools a sibling at the linked junior school will count as a sibling at the infant school. A sibling is defined as a brother or sister including half, step, foster or adoptive brother or sister, living within the same family unit at the same address. Catchment Area: A “designated catchment area” for a school is the area set out in the definitive catchment area map for each school. This map is held by Southampton City Council, Civic Centre, Southampton SO14 7LY. A schedule of addresses, to be read in conjunction with the map, is also kept by the Council. Parents wishing to know if their address is in a particular catchment area can contact the Admissions Team, or log on to the council website www.southampton.gov.uk, click on “My Southampton”, follow the links, and enter their postcode. Distance: Distances are measured based on the shortest walking distance using public roads and footpaths. Distances are measured from home to school for all children. These are calculated using a computerised mapping system that uses data supplied by Ordnance Survey. Distances are measured from the point designated in the system as the home address to the point designated in the system as the mid-point of the nearest open pedestrian gate to the school, using public roads and footpaths. Late applications The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date will be late applications and will dealt with after all on time applicants have been offered a school place. If a school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in accordance with the priorities set out above. Waiting lists If a place cannot be offered at Bassett Green Primary School, unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list for the school. If places become available, children on the waiting list will automatically be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. This means that waiting lists will be re-ranked after every new expression of preference. The waiting list will be held until 31 July 2022. Any parent wishing to remain on the waiting list after this date will need to make a new in-year application to the school. Entry into Reception Class The offer made to parents for reception class on the initial offer date is of a full time place from the start of term after 1 September 2021. Schools normally wish to stagger entry into school from that date and arrange for some initial part time attendance to ensure a smooth transition from pre-school / home into school. Flexibilities exist for those parents who do not feel that their child is ready to start school in the September following their fourth birthday. It is possible for them to:

• Access part-time admission to the allocated school from the September following their child’s fourth birthday. This should be discussed with the headteacher of the allocated school.

http://www.southampton.gov.uk/


• Defer their child’s entry until later in the school year but not beyond the point at which they reach

Compulsory School Age, and not beyond the beginning of the final term of the school year. This should be discussed with the headteacher of the allocated school.

• Defer their child’s entry until the September following their fifth birthday. Parents must make an in-

year application and the pupil would start in Year 1. Parents of summer-born children, that is children born between 1 April and 31 August, may, in addition, choose to send their child to school in the September following their 5th birthday and may request that their child is admitted out of their normal age group to reception year rather than Year 1. Any parent wishing to request for their summer-born child to start school outside their normal age group should read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ document available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed. For all requests it is vital to understand that at each transition (starting reception, moving from infant to junior, primary to secondary, secondary to college) the decision whether to maintain the placement in a younger or older year group must be made by the admission authority for the school. As such, there is no guarantee that it will continue throughout the child’s education and a new parental request must be made before each transition. As a general rule, requests should only be made once per phase transfer, unless there has been a significant change in circumstances. One admission authority cannot be required to honour a decision made by another admission authority on education out of normal age group. In-Year Admissions Admissions mid-year for any year group will be dealt with in accordance with this policy. Please contact the current school for an admission application form.

Admissions Policy 2021-2022

Admissions Policy 2020-21 Approved by Bevois Town Governing Body

Date last amended February 2020 Approval

date

Lead officer Carol Durrant Next Review date

Spring 2021 Contact [email protected]

Chair of Governor’s Signature


Bevois Town Primary School is part of the Aspire Community Trust. The Governing Body (GB) of the school is the admission authority for the school. As required in the School Admissions Code, the GB will consider all on time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions.

Parents may express up to three (3) preferences, listing them in the order in which they would accept them. All preferences will be considered and where more than one school could be offered, the parents will be offered a place for their child at the highest ranked of the schools that could be offered.

Published Admission Number (PAN)

Bevois Town Primary School will admit up to 90 pupils to Year R in September 2021.

Children with Education, Health and Care Plans (EHCP) that name a school

Children with Education, Health and Care Plans (EHCPs) that name a school must be admitted to that school under the Education Act 1996 and with regard to the SEND Code of Practice. These children will be admitted to the named school, even if it is full, and are therefore outside the normal admission arrangements. As required by the Code these children will count as part of the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school.

Oversubscription criteria

Applications submitted by 15 January 2021 will be dealt with first. If the number of applications submitted by 15 January 2021 is greater than the PAN for a school, admissions to the school will be decided according to the following priorities:


2. Children subject to a child protection plan or deemed to be vulnerable by the Senior Officer with responsibility for safeguarding in Southampton City Council.


4. Children whose parents have satisfied the Local Authority that their child has a significant medical or psychological condition which means they must attend the preferred school rather than any other. Applications must be supported by appropriate written evidence from a doctor or psychologist.



Should the school be oversubscribed from within any of the criteria, then distance, as defined below, will be used to prioritise applications within these categories. Should there be two or more identical distances requiring prioritisation, this will be done by casting lots. Lots will be drawn by the Education Lead, Southampton City Council. Definitions

Sibling: This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit. In the case of applications for places at infant schools a sibling at the linked junior school will count as a sibling at the infant school. A sibling is defined as a brother or sister including half, step, foster or adoptive brother or sister, living within the same family unit at the same address.

Catchment Area: A “designated catchment area” for a school is the area set out in the definitive catchment area map for each school. This map is held by Southampton City Council, Civic Centre, Southampton SO14 7LY. A schedule of addresses, to be read in conjunction with the map, is also kept by the Council. Parents wishing to know if their address is in a particular catchment area can contact the Admissions Team, or log on to the council website www.southampton.gov.uk, click on “My Southampton”, follow the links, and enter their postcode.

Distance: Distances are measured based on the shortest walking distance using public roads and footpaths. Distances are measured from home to school for all children. These are calculated using a computerised mapping system that uses data supplied by Ordnance Survey. Distances are measured from the point designated in the system as the home address to the point designated in the system as the mid-point of the nearest open pedestrian gate to the school, using public roads and footpaths.

Late applications

The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date will be late applications and will dealt with after all on time applicants have been offered a school place. If a school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in accordance with the priorities set out above.

Waiting lists

If a place cannot be offered at Bevois Town Primary School, unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list for the school. If places become available, children on the waiting list will automatically be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn.

The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. This means that waiting lists will be re-ranked after every new expression of preference.

The waiting list will be held until 31 July 2022. Any parent wishing to remain on the waiting list after this date will need to make a new in-year application to the school.



The offer made to parents for reception class on the initial offer date is of a full time place from the start of term after 1 September 2021. Schools normally wish to stagger entry into school from that date and arrange for some initial part time attendance to ensure a smooth transition from pre-school / home into school.

Flexibilities exist for those parents who do not feel that their child is ready to start school in the September following their fourth birthday. It is possible for them to:


• Defer their child’s entry until later in the school year but not beyond the point at which they reach Compulsory School Age, and not beyond the beginning of the final term of the school year. This should be discussed with the headteacher of the allocated school.

• Defer their child’s entry until the September following their fifth birthday. Parents must make an in-year application and the pupil would start in Year 1.

Parents of summer-born children, that is children born between 1 April and 31 August, may, in addition, choose to send their child to school in the September following their 5th birthday and may request that their child is admitted out of their normal age group to reception year rather than Year 1. Any parent wishing to request for their summer-born child to start school outside their normal age group should read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ document available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed.

For all requests it is vital to understand that at each transition (starting reception, moving from infant to junior, primary to secondary, secondary to college) the decision whether to maintain the placement in a younger or older year group must be made by the admission authority for the school. As such, there is no guarantee that it will continue throughout the child’s education and a new parental request must be made before each transition. As a general rule, requests should only be made once per phase transfer, unless there has been a significant change in circumstances.

One admission authority cannot be required to honour a decision made by another admission authority on education out of normal age group.

In-Year Admissions

Admissions mid-year for any year group will be dealt with in accordance with this policy. Please contact the current school for an admission application form.

1 Bitterne Manor Primary School Admissions Policy 2021- 2022

Bitterne Manor Primary School is part of the REACH Cooperative Trust. The Governing Body (GB) of the school is the admission authority for the school. As required in the School Admissions Code, the GB will consider all on time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions.



Bitterne Manor Primary School will admit up to 30 pupils to Year R in September 2021.




Applications submitted by 15 January 2021 will be dealt with first. If the number of applications submitted by 15 January 2021 is greater than the PAN for a school, admissions will be decided according to the following priorities:


2. Children subject to a child protection plan.


4. Children whose parents have satisfied the Governing Body that their child has a significant medical or psychological condition which means they must attend the preferred school rather than any other. Applications must be supported by appropriate written evidence from a doctor or psychologist.



Should the school be oversubscribed from within any of the criteria, then distance, as

https://www.google.com/url?sa=i&url=https://www.facebook.com/BitterneManorPrimarySchool/&psig=AOvVaw0WD-gKJmvhNQUMM98BvD7n&ust=1571480729917000&source=images&cd=vfe&ved=0CAIQjRxqFwoTCLDf3IfMpeUCFQAAAAAdAAAAABAF

2

defined below, will be used to prioritise applications within these categories. Should there be two or more identical distances requiring prioritisation, this will be done by casting lots. Lots will be drawn independently by the Education Lead, Southampton City Council.

Definitions

Sibling: This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit. A sibling is defined as a brother or sister including half, step, foster or adoptive brother or sister, living within the same family unit at the same address.

Catchment Area: A “designated catchment area” for a school is the area set out in the definitive catchment area map for each school. This map is held by Southampton City Council, Civic Centre, Southampton SO14 7LY. A schedule of addresses, to be read in conjunction with the map, is also kept by the Council. Parents wishing to know if their address is in a particular catchment area can contact the Admissions Team, or log on to the council website www.southampton.gov.uk, click on “My Southampton”, follow the links, and enter their postcode.


Late applications

The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date will be late applications and will dealt with after all on time applicants have been offered a school place. If a school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in accordance with the priorities set out above.

Waiting lists

If a place cannot be offered at Bitterne Manor Primary School, all unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list. If places become available, children on the waiting list will be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn.

The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. This means that waiting lists will be re-ranked after every new expression of preference.




www.southampton.gov.uk

3


The offer made to parents for reception class on the initial offer date is of a full time place from the start of term after 1 September 2021. Schools normally wish to stagger entry into school from that date and arrange for some initial part time attendance to ensure a smooth transition from pre-school / home into school.

Flexibilities exist for those parents who do not feel that their child is ready to start school in the September following their fourth birthday. It is possible for them to:




Parents of summer-born children, that is children born between 1 April and 31 August, may, in addition, choose to send their child to school in the September following their 5th birthday and may request that their child is admitted out of their normal age group to reception year rather than Year 1. Any parent wishing to request for their summer-born child to start school outside their normal age group should read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ document available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed.

For all requests it is vital to understand that at each transition (starting reception, moving from infant to junior, primary to secondary, secondary to college) the decision whether to maintain the placement in a younger or older year group must be made by the admission authority for the school. As such, there is no guarantee that it will continue throughout the child’s education and a new parental request must be made before each transition. As a general rule, requests should only be made once per phase transfer, unless there has been a significant change in circumstances. One admission authority cannot be required to honour a decision made by another admission authority on education out of normal age group.

In-Year Admissions

Admissions mid-year for any year group will be dealt with in accordance with this policy.


4


FOUNDRY LANE PRIMARY SCHOOL

ADMISSIONS POLICY

2020/2021

The Governing Body of the school are the Admission Authority for the school. As required in the School Admissions Code, the Admission Authority will consider all on-time preferences at the same time for September 2020 admissions.


Children with statements of special educational needs (SEN) / Education, Health and Care Plan (EHCP) that name the school

Children with statements of special educational needs or EHCPs that name a school must be admitted to that school under the Education Act 1996 and with regard to the SEN Code of Practice. These children will be admitted to the named school, even if it is full, and are therefore outside the normal admission arrangements. As required by the Code these children will count as part of the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school.


Applications submitted by 15 January 2020 will be dealt with first. If the number of applications submitted by 15 January 2020 is greater than the Published Admission Number (PAN) for a school, admissions to the school will be decided according to the following priorities:

1. Children in public care (looked after children) and previously looked after children as defined by section 1.7 of the School Admissions Code.


3. Children who have a brother or sister already on the roll of the school who will continue to attend that school for the following year. (This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit.)

A sibling is defined as a brother or sister including half, step, or foster or adoptive brother or sister, living within the same family unit at the same address.

4. Children of full-time qualified teaching staff employed at the school for two or more years at the time of application and/or the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage.

5. Children who live closest to the school based on the shortest practicable walking distance using public roads and footpaths. Distances are measured from home to school. These are calculated using a computerised mapping system that uses data supplied by Ordnance Survey. Distances are measured from the point designated in the system as the home address to the point designated in the system as the mid-point of the nearest open gate to the school, using public roads and footpaths.

If the school is oversubscribed from within criteria 1-4, then distance, as defined in 5 above will be used to prioritise applications. Should there be two or more identical distances requiring prioritisation, this will be done by casting lots.

Late Applications

The closing date for applications is 15 January 2020. Applications received after that date will be late applications. If the school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in·accordance with the priorities set out above.

Waiting Lists

If a place cannot be offered at the school, unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list for the school. If places become available, children on the waiting list will be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn.

The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on-time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above.

Entry to Reception Year

The offer made to parents for reception class on the initial offer date is of a full time place from the start of term in September. Parents can request that their child attends part-time until their child reaches compulsory school age (the term following their child’s 5th birthday). Parents also have the right to defer their child’s entry into reception class to any point up to their child reaching compulsory school age but not beyond the start of the summer term of reception year.

Parents of summer-born children, that is children born between 1st April and 31st August, may, in addition, choose to send their child to school in the September following their 5th birthday and may request that their child is admitted out of their normal age group to reception year rather than Year 1. Any parent wishing to apply for their summer-born child to start school outside their normal age group must do so by completing the form entitled ‘Request for Agreement to Admission to Reception Year Outside the Normal Age Group’ which is available to download on-line. This form enables parents to set out their reasons as to why they feel their child should be admitted outside their normal age group. It is a parent’s responsibility to include any supporting evidence. Applications for entry outside the normal age group should be made by 31st October 2019.

Each case will be decided on its merits by the individual admission authority for the school concerned – this will either be the Local Authority or the Governing Body. Parents will be notified of the outcome of their request in writing. If a parent is refused their request to apply outside their child’s normal age group they will still have time to make an on-time application for their child to start school with their correct age group before the closing date of 15th January 2020. Each decision will be made based on the merits of the case presented.

PLEASE NOTE: Parents should be aware that if they are allowed to apply for a place outside their child’s normal age group, this is not a guarantee of a place at their preferred school. Their application will be considered along with the other applications made for children in the correct age group for that year and places will be offered strictly according to the admission criteria for the school. If the school to which the parent has applied is unable to offer a place to a child outside their normal age group, the Local Authority, or any other admission authority, are under no obligation to agree admission to a year group outside

the normal age group. This means that if a parent is unsuccessful in an application outside their child’s normal age group, their child could be placed straight into a Year 1 class (their correct age group) resulting in the child missing up to a year of education.

Likewise, if the child is admitted to a reception class that is outside their normal age group then when a subsequent application is made to junior or secondary school, the admission authorities for these schools are under no obligation to offer a place outside the normal age group and again a child could be placed in a higher year group, resulting in a year of education being missed. Parents should take this into account before requesting admission outside their child’s normal age group.

Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme

Foundry Lane Primary School fully participates in the LA published co-ordinated admissions scheme. T he governors have delegated the management of the waiting list to the LA Admissions Team during the normal admission round. The waiting list will be passed to the school on 1st September 2019.

Published Admission Number

The school proposes to publish an admission number of 90 for the 2020/21 academic year. This admission number is based on the school's net capacity assessment.

Freemantle Church of England Community Academy

[for 2021 implementation]

Admissions Policy Document For 2021

Freemantle C of E Community Academy Admission Policy for September 2021 The Academy Trust of Freemantle C of E Community Academy is the admission authority for Freemantle C of E Community Academy. As required in the School Admissions Code the Academy will consider all on-time preferences for admission in to Year R for September 2021 at the same time. The Academy Trust will admit 60 children into its Reception year in September 2021. Local Authority Partnership Parents may express up to three (3) preferences, listing them in the order in which they would accept them on their application form. All preferences will be considered and where more than one school/Academy could be offered, the parents will be offered a place for their child at the higher ranked of the schools/Academies that could be offered. Children with statements of special educational needs (SEN) / Education, Health and Care Plan (EHCP) that name the school Children with statements of special educational needs or EHCPs that name a school must be admitted to that school under the Education Act 1996 and with regard to the SEN Code of Practice. These children will be admitted to the named school, even if it is full, and are therefore outside the normal admission arrangements. As required by the Code these children will count as part of the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school.


Applications submitted by 15 January 2021 will be dealt with first. If the number of applications submitted by 15 January 2021 is greater than the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the Academy, admissions to the Academy will be decided according to the following priorities: 1. “Looked after children (children in public care) and previously looked after children (who have been made the

subject of an adoption, special guardianship or residence order and were in public care immediately before the order was made)”.

2. Children subject to a child protection plan. 3. Children who have a brother or sister already on the roll of the Academy who will continue to attend that

Academy for the following year. (This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit.) ‘A sibling is defined as a brother or sister including half, step, or foster or adoptive brother or sister, living within

the same family unit at the same address.’ 4. Pupils whose parents are members of staff at the Academy; (where the member of staff has a) been employed

for two years or more and/or b) been employed to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage.

5. A child or a child with a parent who is an active member of a Christian church and who requests admission on

denominational grounds. A Christian church is defined as “A worshipping fellowship who confess the Lord Jesus Christ as God and Saviour according to the Bible and therefore seek to fulfil together their common calling to the glory of the one God, Father, Son and Holy Spirit; who are members or participant observers of the World Council of Churches or the World Evangelical Alliance.” ‘Active member of a Christian church’ is defined as attending worship at a church at least twice a month for the previous two years before the deadline for

admissions. Parents applying under this are required to provide written supporting evidence certified by the vicar or someone else of authority in the church.

6. Children who live closest to the Academy based on the shortest practicable walking distance using public roads

and footpaths. Distances are measured from home to the Academy, as laid out in the Academy prospectus. Distances from home to the Academy are measured as shortest walking distances. These are calculated using a computerised mapping system that uses data supplied by Ordnance Survey. Distances are measured from the point designated in the system as the home address to the point designated in the system as the midpoint of the nearest open gate to the Academy, using public roads and footpaths.

Should there be two or more identical distances requiring prioritisation, this will be done by casting lots. Lots will be drawn by ‘A current member of the Parochial Church Council’ of Christ Church, Freemantle, Waterloo Road, Freemantle, Southampton.

Late applications The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date will be late applications. If the Academy has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in accordance with the priorities set out above. Waiting lists If a place cannot be offered at Freemantle C of E Community Academy, unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list. If places become available, children on the waiting list will be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on-time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. Each time a child is added to the waiting list, the waiting list will be re-ranked according to the Admissions Policy criteria. Waiting lists will be maintained by the Admissions Manager at Freemantle C of E Community Academy for the Academy in consultation with centralised admissions for Southampton City Council. The waiting list will be held until 31st July 2022. Any parent wishing to remain on the waiting list after this date will need to make a new in-year application to the school. Entry into Reception Year The offer made to parents for reception class on the initial offer date is of a full time place from the start of term in September. Schools normally stagger entry into school from that date and arrange for some initial part-time attendance to ensure a smooth transition from pre-school or home into school. Flexibilities exist for those parents who do not feel that their child is ready to start school in the September following their fourth birthday. It is possible for them to:

• Request part-time admission to the allocated school from the September following their child’s fourth birthday. This should be negotiated with the headteacher of the school.

• Request to defer their child’s entry until later in the school year but not beyond the point at which they reach Compulsory school age, and not beyond the beginning of the final term of the school year.

• Request to defer their child’s entry until the September following their fifth birthday. Parents must make an in- year application and the pupil would start in Year One.

Parents of summer-born children, that is children born between 1st April and 31st August, may, in addition, choose to send their child to school in the September following their 5th birthday and may request that their child is admitted out of their normal age group to reception year rather than Year 1. Any parent wishing to apply for their summer-born child to start school outside their normal age group should read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ Booklet, available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed.

GLENFIELD INFANT SCHOOL

ADMISSIONS POLICY

2021/22

The Hamwic Education Trust is the Admission Authority for the school and delegates the processing of admissions to the governing body. As required in the School Admissions Code, the governing body will consider all on-time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions. Parents may express up to three (3) preferences, listing them in the order in which they would accept them. All preferences will be considered and where more than one school could be offered, the parents will be offered a place for their child at the highest ranked of the schools that could be offered. Children with statements of special educational needs (SEN) / Education, Health and Care Plan (EHCP) that name the school Children with statements of special educational needs or EHCPs that name a school must be admitted to that school under the Education Act 1996 and with regard to the SEN Code of Practice. These children will be admitted to the named school, even if it is full, and are therefore outside the normal admission arrangements. As required by the Code these children will count as part of the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school. Published Admission Number Glenfield Infant School will admit up to 90 children to Year R in September 2021. This will be the Published Admissions Number for this year group. Oversubscription criteria Applications submitted by 15 January 2021 will be dealt with first. If the number of applications submitted by 15 January 2021 is greater than the Published Admission Number (PAN) for a school, admissions to the school will be decided according to the following priorities:


2. Children subject to a child protection plan. 3. Children who have a brother or sister already on the roll of the school who will continue to

attend that school for the following year. (This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit.) In the case of applications for places at infant schools a sibling at the linked junior school (Beechwood Junior School) will count as a sibling at the infant school.


4. Children who live within the school’s designated catchment area. The catchment area is

defined by the roads listed at the end of this policy. If the school is oversubscribed within categories 1-4 above then priorities (i) to (ii), as set out in 5 below will be used to determine which children will be offered places.

5. Children who live outside the school’s designated catchment area, in the following order:

(i) Children of qualified teaching staff employed at the school for two or more years at the time of application and/or the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage.

(ii) Children who live closest to the school based on the shortest practicable walking

distance using public roads and footpaths. Distances are measured from home to school. These are calculated using a computerised mapping system that uses data supplied by Ordnance Survey. Distances are measured from the point designated in the system as the home address to the point designated in the system as the mid-point of the nearest open gate to the school, using public roads and footpaths.

If the school is oversubscribed from within criteria 5(i) above, then distance, as defined in 5(ii) above will be used to prioritise applications. Should there be two or more identical distances requiring prioritisation, this will be done by casting lots.

Late Applications The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date will be late applications. If the school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in· accordance with the priorities set out above. Waiting Lists If a place cannot be offered at Glenfield Infant School, unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list. If places become available, children on the waiting list will be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on-time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. Each time a child is added to the waiting list, the waiting list will be re-ranked according to the Admissions Policy criteria. The waiting list will be held until 31st July 2022. Any parent wishing to remain on the waiting list after this date will need to make a new in-year application to the school.

Entry into Reception Year The offer made to parents for reception class on the initial offer date is of a full time place from the start of term in September. Schools normally stagger entry into school from that date and arrange for some initial part-time attendance to ensure a smooth transition from pre-school or home into school. Flexibilities exist for those parents who do not feel that their child is ready to start school in the September following their fourth birthday. It is possible for them to:

Request part-time admission to the allocated school from the September following their child’s fourth birthday. This should be negotiated with the headteacher of the school. Request to defer their child’s entry until later in the school year but not beyond the point at which they reach Compulsory school age, and not beyond the beginning of the final term of the school year. Request to defer their child’s entry until the September following their fifth birthday. Parents must make an in-year application and the pupil would start in Year One.

Parents of summer-born children, that is children born between 1st April and 31st August, may, in addition, choose to send their child to school in the September following their 5th birthday and may request that their child is admitted out of their normal age group to reception year rather than Year 1.

Any parent wishing to apply for their summer-born child to start school outside their normal age group should read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ booklet, available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed.


Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme Glenfield Infant School fully participates in the LA published co-ordinated admissions scheme. T he governors have delegated the management of the waiting list to the LA Admissions Team during the normal admission round. The waiting list will be passed to the school on 1st September 2021.

GLENFIELD INFANT CATCHMENT ROAD LIST

STREET NAME HOUSE NUMBERS

BARTON CRESCENT BEECH AVENUE BEECHWOOD GARDENS BITTERNE ROAD 196-388 / 193-359 COBDEN AVENUE 51+ / 90+ COBDEN CRESCENT DALMALLY GARDENS FERNDENE WAY FERNWOOD CRESCENT GLENFIELD AVENUE GLENFIELD CRESCENT HIGHVIEW WAY HUNTLY WAY JUNIPER ROAD LEYBOURNE AVENUE MACARTHUR CRESCENT MAPLE ROAD MERSHAM GARDENS MIDANBURY LANE 1-147 / 2-132 MIDANBURY WALK MONASTERY ROAD MONTGOMERY ROAD MOUSEHOLE LANE NEVA ROAD ROSSINGTON AVENUE ROSSINGTON WAY ROSYTH ROAD ROWBOROUGH ROAD TEDDER ROAD VALE DRIVE WAVELL ROAD WEST END ROAD 1-109 (odds) WITTS HILL 39-81 / 58+

HAREFIELD PRIMARY SCHOOL

ADMISSIONS POLICY

2021/22

The Hamwic Education Trust is the Admission Authority for the school and delegates the processing of admissions to the governing body. As required in the School Admissions Code, the governing body will consider all on-time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions. Parents may express up to three (3) preferences, listing them in the order in which they would accept them. All preferences will be considered and where more than one school could be offered, the parents will be offered a place for their child at the highest ranked of the schools that could be offered. Children with statements of special educational needs (SEN) / Education, Health and Care Plan (EHCP) that name the school Children with statements of special educational needs or EHCPs that name a school must be admitted to that school under the Education Act 1996 and with regard to the SEN Code of Practice. These children will be admitted to the named school, even if it is full, and are therefore outside the normal admission arrangements. As required by the Code these children will count as part of the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school. Published Admission Number Harefield Primary School will admit up to 60 children to Year R in September 2021. This will be the Published Admissions Number for this year group. Oversubscription criteria Applications submitted by 15 January 2021 will be dealt with first. If the number of applications submitted by 15 January 2021 is greater than the Published Admission Number (PAN) for a school, admissions to the school will be decided according to the following priorities:



3. Children who have a brother or sister already on the roll of the school who will continue to

attend that school for the following year. (This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit.)








If the school is oversubscribed from within criteria 5(i), then distance, as defined in 5(ii) above will be used to prioritise applications. Should there be two or more identical distances requiring prioritisation, this will be done by casting lots.

Late Applications The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date will be late applications. If the school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in· accordance with the priorities set out above. Waiting Lists If a place cannot be offered at Harefield Primary School, unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list. If places become available, children on the waiting list will be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on-time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. Each time a child is added to the waiting list, the waiting list will be re-ranked according to the Admissions Policy criteria. The waiting list will be held until 31st July 2022. Any parent wishing to remain on the waiting list after this date will need to make a new in-year application to the school.


Request part-time admission to the allocated school from the September following their child’s fourth birthday. This should be negotiated with the headteacher of the school. Request to defer their child’s entry until later in the school year but not beyond the point at which they reach Compulsory school age, and not beyond the beginning of the final term of the school year.

Request to defer their child’s entry until the September following their fifth birthday. Parents must make an in-year application and the pupil would start in Year One.

Parents of summer-born children, that is children born between 1st April and 31st August, may, in addition, choose to send their child to school in the September following their 5th birthday and may request that their child is admitted out of their normal age group to reception year rather than Year 1. Any parent wishing to apply for their summer-born child to start school outside their normal age group should read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ Booklet, available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed.


Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme Harefield Primary School fully participates in the LA published co-ordinated admissions scheme. T he governors have delegated the management of the waiting list to the LA Admissions Team during the normal admission round. The waiting list will be passed to the school on 1st September 2021.

HAREFIELD PRIMARY CATCHMENT ROAD LIST

STREET NAME HOUSE NUMBERS BEAUWORTH AVENUE BENTLEY GREEN BLENDWORTH LANE BRAMDEAN ROAD 1-23 / 2-24 BREAMORE ROAD BURNHAM CHASE CHAWTON CLOSE CHERITON AVENUE CHILCOMB ROAD CLANFIELD ROAD DENMEAD ROAD EXFORD AVENUE EXFORD DRIVE FARINGDON ROAD FRITHAM ROAD HATLEY ROAD HOLMSLEY CLOSE LANGSTAFF ROAD LANGSTAFF WAY LECKFORD CLOSE MANSFIELD PARK STREET MELCHET ROAD MEON COURT MINSTEAD AVENUE MON CRESCENT MOUNTAIN ASH CLOSE SELBORNE AVENUE SELBORNE WALK SOMERSET AVENUE SOMERTON AVENUE STEEP CLOSE STEVENTON ROAD TAUNTON DRIVE TICHBORNE ROAD TYTHERLEY ROAD WELLINGTON AVENUE WELLOW CLOSE WEST END ROAD 128-262 (evens) WESTON CRESCENT WHITEHILL CLOSE WYNTER ROAD YEOVIL CHASE

Highfield Church of England Primary School Admissions Policy for September 2021

Page 1

RATIONALE At Highfield Church of England Primary School we are committed to celebrating our Christian foundation and aim to build upon it a caring and stimulating environment in which each child can develop and learn.

AIMS The aim of this policy is to ensure a clear procedure through which children may become part of our school community.

FACTUAL INFORMATION This policy will apply to all admissions from 1 September 2021, including in-year admissions. It will be used during 2020-21 for allocating places for September 2021 as part of the normal admission round for Year R. The name of the School is Highfield Church of England Primary School. The School is a Voluntary Aided (VA) school. Specific exemptions from Section 85 of the Equality Act 2010 enables VA faith schools to use faith criteria in prioritising pupils for admission to the schools. “The Governing Body” is the Governing Body of Highfield Church of England Primary School. The Governing Body is the Admissions Authority. The School was established by a trust deed of 1846 as the South Stoneham and Highfield National School to provide education of children of the labouring and manufacturing and other poorer classes in the parish of South Stoneham. The most recent revision under direction of the Charities Commission (2013) confirms the trust deed now pertains to the Highfield Parish within this area which is also known as Christchurch, Portswood. A map of this area is available in the school and can be accessed electronically here: https://preview.tinyurl.com/yxc2qsr2 Should ambiguity be suggested by the map provided here, the definitive catchment is the list of roads (and where relevant specific range of house numbers) given in Definition A - “The area served by the school” below. This policy has been made in accordance with the Equality Act 2010 and the Public Sector Equality Duty, the Human Rights Act 1998, the School Standards Framework Act 1998, the SEND Code of Practice: 0 – 25 years 2014, the Children and Families Act 2014 and the School Admissions Code (published by the DfE in 2014). This policy will be administered fairly and impartially. The decision to admit, or otherwise, is the sole responsibility of The Governing Body. The information given below is correct for the school year shown, but it could be altered for future years. We advise you to check with the school that no changes have occurred. All applications are made by ‘parents’ for their child / children – (See Definition B below).

APPLICATIONS TO RECEPTION CLASSES • The admission of pupils to the school is the responsibility of the governing body. By law all UK

state funded schools, including Highfield Church of England Primary School, operate an equal preference policy. The Governing Body plan to admit 45 children into Year R. This is the Published Admission Number (PAN) for Highfield Church of England Primary School.

• Where the number of applicants exceeds the places available allocation of places will be on the basis of the Admissions Criteria.

• ‘Deferred Admission’. All Reception class children will normally start at the beginning of the school year in which they become 5 and follow a programme of induction, according to their date of birth. However, Deferred Admission *may* be possible in some cases – see Definition (L) below

• Applications for children outside their normal school year group will be considered on an individual basis.

https://preview.tinyurl.com/yxc2qsr2


Page 2

IN YEAR APPLICATIONS The allocation of any places, which may become available during the year will be made on the basis of the current Oversubscription Criteria. There are no deadline dates for in year applications. In year applications must be made through the Local Authority. The Governing Body will still decide whether to offer a place. The offer will be made by a letter from the Local Authority. Applications must be made using the Local Authority Admission Form. Parents applying under the Christian Commitment criterion will be asked to complete a Supplementary Information Form (SIF), which must be obtained from The School, completed and returned to The School. (As it is a paper form that needs to be signed, the SIF is not available for completion on-line.) Applications for children outside their normal school year group will be considered on an individual basis.

IN YEAR APPLICATIONS TO Year 1 to 6 The Governing Body will admit 45 children to infant and junior year cohorts.

WARNINGS Nationally places are withdrawn every year because parents give a false ‘permanent residence’ address on application forms. This includes cases where parents take out a short-term let or buy a property solely to use its address on the application form without any intention of taking up permanent residence there. In fairness to all parents, all allegations of fraudulent practice brought to the school’s attention will be investigated. The Governing Body reserves the right to withdraw the offer of a place if fraudulent or intentionally misleading information has been used on an application.

APPLICATION FORMS For this school you must complete the Local Authority Application Form. The Local Authority Form may be completed online. Please refer to the Local Authority’s information.


Page 3

ADMISSIONS CRITERIA 1. Children with a statement of special educational needs (SEN) or Education, Health and Care

(EHC) plan that name Highfield Church of England Primary School*** (see note in Further Information below)

2. A 'looked after child' or a child who was previously looked after but immediately after being looked after became subject to an adoption, residence/child arrangement, or special guardianship order. See Definition (C).

3. Children subject to a Child Protection plan or are deemed vulnerable by the Senior Officer with responsibility for safeguarding in Southampton City Council.

4. ‘Siblings’ of children attending the school at the time of the application and expected to still be on roll in September 2021. – see Definition (D)

5. Children of staff. – see Definition (E) 6. Children of families whose ‘permanent residence’ - see Definition (F) - is in the Parish of

Highfield (Christchurch, Portswood) - see Definition (A) 7. Children who have at least one parent who is a member of Highfield Church and whose

parent(s) can provide confirmation of their ‘Christian commitment’. – see Definition (G) A ‘Supplementary Information Form’ (SIF) for this purpose will be given to applicants.

8. Other children If the school is oversubscribed, places will be offered in the above priority order.

IN ALL CASES ABOVE • Where there are insufficient places for applicants from within a particular category, ‘children

living closest to the school’ – see Definition (H) - will determine priority. Distance will be measured in a straight line from the front door of the child’s home address (For multi-occupancy dwellings or blocks of flats, the entrance to the property is the communal entrance to the building) to the designated point of the Infant School site for year R and infant admissions and of the Junior school site for junior admissions using Southampton City Council’s GIS.

• When all available places have been allocated, The School will operate a waiting list - see

Definition (I) for at least the first term of the academic year of admission. Parents should confirm with the school that their child’s name is included on the list or if they want their child’s name removed from the waiting list.

THE ADMISSIONS TIMETABLE Southampton Local Authority (LA) operates a timetabled co-ordinated admissions procedure for all Primary Schools in line with Government legislation. The LA will manage the process on behalf of the school according to the scheme, which they will publish online, but it is still The Governing Body as the Admission Authority for this school, who will allocate the available places in line with this policy. The relevant information and on line application form is accessible on the SCC website here: http://www.southampton.gov.uk/schools-learning/find-school/apply-school/default.aspx The closing date for admission applications to be received by the LA will be as published in their on line Admissions information for that year. The website will also contain information on how to complete their application form on line, dates for notification to parents of admissions decision and the closing dates for accepting places or lodging appeals. In case of any doubt on these dates, please contact the LA or the school. Highfield CE Primary School’s Supplementary Information Form (SIF) is a paper form as it requires 3rd party signing and for this reason it cannot be completed on line. If you wish to apply under the Highfield Church commitment criterion you must obtain a copy of the 2021 SIF from the school and return it to the school preferably as soon as possible and in any case not later than the closing date set by Southampton Local Authority for Primary School Admissions.

http://www.southampton.gov.uk/schools-learning/find-school/apply-school/default.aspx

http://www.southampton.gov.uk/schools-learning/find-school/apply-school/default.aspx


Page 4

FURTHER INFORMATION If you require further information about applying for a place at Highfield Church of England Primary School, please contact the school at the address below. Highfield Church of England Primary School, Hawthorn Road, Highfield, Southampton SO17 1PX Telephone: 02380 555 793 Email: [email protected] ***Children with an education, health and care (EHC) plan in which Highfield Church of England Primary School is named. The Admissions Code (2014) states:

1.30 Children with statements of special educational needs or Education, Health and Care Plans …….. must be allocated a place if their statement or Education, Health and Care Plan names the school.

The SEND Code of Practice: 0 – 25 years (2014) states: 9.80 The local authority must consult the governing body, principal or proprietor of the school or college concerned and consider their comments very carefully before deciding whether to name it in the child or young person’s EHC plan, sending the school or college a copy of the draft plan.

The Governors will admit any pupil whose EHC plan names the school. Where possible such children will be admitted within the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the relevant year group.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM (SIF) Only complete the Supplementary Information Form if you are applying under criteria 7. You must complete the Supplementary Information Form and have it signed by an authorised church official of Highfield Parish Church if, and only if’, you want your application to be considered under the Christian Commitment Criterion (7) as the highest criterion. You do not need to submit a SIF if you are applying under a higher criterion e.g. criterion 4 ‘sibling’ as in such cases doing so will not affect the prioritisation of your application under the over subscription criteria and the school is not permitted to collect data not relevant to your application. You can obtain a paper copy of the SIF from the school. You must return the SIF to the school preferably as soon as possible and in any case not later than the closing date set by Southampton Local Authority for Primary School Admissions. Highfield Church of England Primary School’s SIF is a paper form as it requires a signature and for this reason it cannot be completed online.

DEADLINES Make sure your Local Authority Application Form is on time and sent to the right place. Details of dates are in the Local Authority brochure. Late applications will not be considered until all on-time applications have been processed.

ADMISSION APPEALS If you are unsuccessful in gaining a place for your child at this school you will be informed in writing, be given reasons and informed of your right to an independent appeal against the decision.



Page 5

DEFINITIONS

(A) The area served by the school

Highfield Parish (Christchurch Portswood) Abbotts Way Arnold Road Blenheim Avenue Blenheim Gardens Bowden Lane Brickfield Road Brookvale Road Burgess Road (118, Gower Building) Church Lane Chamberlain Road Cranford Way Crofton Close De Grouchy Lane Donnington Grove The Finches Furzedown Road Glebe Court Granby Grove Grosvenor Close Grosvenor Gardens Grosvenor Road Hartley Avenue Hawthorn Road Heatherdeane Road Highcrown Mews Highcrown Street Highfield Close Highfield Crescent Highfield Lane Highfield Road Hilldown Road Holyrood Avenue Khartoum Road Kitchener Road (57-67, 72-76) Leigh Road Merton Road Nile Road Northcote Road Oakhurst Road Oakmount Avenue Omdurman Road Orchards Way Portswood Road (114-330, 167-573) Richard Taunton Place Richmond Gardens Ripstone Gardens Roseland Gardens Royston Close Russell Place Shaftsbury Avenue Sherborne Road Sirdar Road (72-82, 83-89) Somerset Road University Crescent University Road Uplands Way Upper Grosvenor Road Upper Shaftsbury Avenue Welbeck Avenue Westbourne Crescent Westwood Road (odd numbers) Winn Road Woodstock Drive

(B) ‘Parents’ ‘Parents’ include all those people who have a parental responsibility for a child as set out in the Children Act 1989. Where responsibility for a child is ‘shared’, the person receiving Child Benefit is deemed to be the parent responsible for completing application forms, and whose address will be used for admissions purposes.

(C) Looked after children

A looked after child is a child who is (a) in the care of a local authority, or (b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services functions (see the definition in section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989). Previously looked after children are defined as children who


Page 6

were looked after but ceased to be so because they were subsequently adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order or special guardianship order 19). Child arrangements orders are defined in s.8 of the Children Act 1989, as amended by s.12 of the Children and Families Act 2014. Child arrangements orders replace residence orders and any residence order in force prior to 22 April 2014 is deemed to be a child arrangements order.

(D) ‘Siblings’ The term “Sibling” is defined as: • a full or half brother or sister • a step brother or sister • an adoptive brother or sister • the children of parents who are married or cohabiting, where the parents and children live together

in the same family household. Step-brother, step-sister, half-brother and half-sister are defined as children who belong to only one member of a married or cohabiting couple. If the last pupil to be offered a place, within the school’s published admission number for that year group (PAN), is a multiple birth or same cohort sibling governors will make an exception and an additional place will be made available.

(E) ‘Children of staff’ The School gives priority in their oversubscription criteria to children of staff under the following circumstances: a) where the member of staff has been employed at the school for two or more years at the time at

which the application for admission to the school is made, or b) the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill

shortage.

(F) ‘Permanent Residence’ The child’s permanent residence is where they live normally, including weekends and during the school holidays as well as during the week. In the case of children with difficult relevant circumstances (e.g. terminal illness of a parent) their place of residence, which may be determined by these circumstances, should be used for the application, accompanied by a brief explanation. The permanent address of children who spend part of their week with one parent and part with the other, at different addresses, will be the address at which they spend most of their time during term time. Proof of the Home Address must be provided to the school to confirm the address used on the application form. Home address will be the address that complies with the above at the closing date set by the Local Authority for Primary School Admissions. Families who are due to move house should provide

i) a Solicitor’s letter confirming that exchange on Contracts has taken place on the purchase of a property; or

ii) a copy of the current Rental Agreement, or equivalent signed by both the Tenants and the Landlords, showing the address of the property; or

iii) in the case of SERVING H.M. Forces personnel, an official government letter confirming their date of posting from the MOD, FCO or GCHQ.

(G) ‘Christian Commitment’ At least one parent must be able to declare themselves as being “involved in the life of Highfield Parish Church” for at least the previous twenty four months before the closing date for primary school admissions set by Southampton Local Authority. In the event that during the period specified for attendance at worship the church has been closed for public worship and has not provided alternative premises for that worship, the requirements of these arrangements in relation to attendance will only apply to the period when the church or alternative premises have been available for public worship.


Page 7

‘Involved in the life of Highfield Parish Church’ means you attend worship services (at 8am, 9.15am, 11am or 6.30pm), at least fortnightly, at Highfield church. On the Supplementary Information Form (SIF) you will be asked to declare this commitment.

(H) ‘Children Living Closest to the School’ Distance will be measured from the front door of the child’s home address (For multi-occupancy dwellings or blocks of flats, the entrance to the property is the communal entrance to the building.) to the main entrance of the appropriate school site for the age of the child, using Southampton City Council’s GIS, with those living closer to the school receiving the higher priority.

(I) ‘Waiting List’ Parents who wish their child to be included on the waiting list must inform the school and the Local Authority in writing. Any places that become available will be allocated according to the admissions criteria of the admission policy with no account being taken of the length of time on the waiting list or any priority order expressed as part of the main admission round. As soon as school places become vacant The Governing Body must fill the vacancies from any waiting list, even if this is before admission appeals have been heard. Placing a child’s name on a waiting list does not affect a parent’s right of appeal against an unsuccessful application. Looked after and previously looked after children and those allocated a place within the Fair Access Protocol will take precedence over other children on the waiting list. The waiting list will be reviewed and revised:

• each time a child is added to, or removed from, the waiting list • when a child’s changed circumstances will affect their priority • Parents are advised of the requirement to notify the school towards the end of the academic

year (July) to confirm their wish for their child to remain on the waiting list. Those who do not make contact, will be removed from the list at the beginning of the Autumn term.

(J) ‘Right of Appeal” Parents whose children are refused admission to The School have a right of appeal by an independent appeals panel. Parents will be notified in the refusal letter from the Local Authority of how an appeal can be lodged.

(K) ‘In-Year Fair Access placements by the Local Authority” The Local Authority must ensure that all pupils are placed in schools as quickly as possible. It may therefore sometimes be necessary for a pupil to be placed by the Local Authority, or a local placement panel acting on behalf of the authority, in a particular school even if there is a waiting list for admission. Such placements will be made in accordance with the provisions of any protocol approved by the Admission Forum, based on legislation and government guidance. If an admission through In-Year Fair Access raises the number on roll above the PAN, no further pupil will be admitted from the waiting list until a place becomes available within the PAN. (L) Starting school and deferred entry to Year R Pupils born between 1 September 2016 and 31 August 2017 (inclusive) are entitled to full-time schooling from September 2021. Parents can request that their child’s admission is deferred until later in the school year (usually at the start of a school term), but not beyond the point they reach compulsory school age, at the beginning of the term following their fifth birthday. Parents can request that their child attends part-time until the child reaches compulsory school age. Children with birthdays between: • 1 September and 31 December 2016 (inclusive) reach compulsory school age on 31 December 2021 and must be in school at the start of the Spring term. • 1 January and 31 March 2017 (inclusive) reach compulsory school age on 31 March 2021, and must be in school at the start of the Summer term;


Page 8

• 1 April and 31 August 2017 (inclusive) reach compulsory school age on 31 August 2022 and must be in school at the start of the new school year in September. Parents of children with birthdays between 1 April and 31 August 2017 (inclusive), whose child has not started in a Year R class during the 2021-22 school year, may wish to request admission to Year R in September 2022 rather than admission to Year 1. In these circumstances, all relevant factors will be considered in assessing the request; parents would be expected to state clearly why they felt admission to Year R was in their child’s best interests. It is recommended that parents considering such a request contact The School in the autumn term 2020 to ensure that an informed decision is made.

HIGHTOWN PRIMARY SCHOOL

ADMISSIONS POLICY

2021/22

The Inspire Learning Partnership are the Admission Authority for the school. As required in the School Admissions Code the Trust Board will consider all on-time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions. Parents may express up to three (3) preferences, listing them in the order in which they would accept them. All preferences will be considered and where more than one school could be offered, the parents will be offered a place for their child at the higher ranked of the schools that could be offered. Children with statements of special educational needs (SEN) / Education, Health and Care Plan (EHCP) that name the school Children with statements of special educational needs or EHCPs that name a school must be admitted to that school under the Education Act 1996 and with regard to the SEN Code of Practice. These children will be admitted to the named school, even if it is full, and are therefore outside the normal admission arrangements. As required by the Code these children will count as part of the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school. Published Admissions Number Hightown Primary School will admit up to 30 children to Year R in September 2021. This will be the Published Admissions Number for this year group. Oversubscription criteria Applications submitted by 15 January 2021 will be dealt with first. If the number of applications submitted by 15 January 2021 is greater than the Published Admission Number (PAN) for a school, admissions to the school will be decided according to the following priorities:

1. Children in public care (looked after children) and previously looked after children as defined in paragraph 1.7 of the School Admissions Code.

2. Children subject to a child protection plan. 3. Children who have a brother or sister already on the roll of the school who will

continue to attend the school for the following year. (This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit.)


4. Children of staff who have, (1) been employed at the school for two or more years at

the time at which the application for admissions to the school is made, and/or (2) have been recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage. ‘Staff’ includes all those on the payroll of the school. ‘Children of staff’ refers to situations where the staff member is the natural parent, the legal guardian or a resident step parent.

5. Children who live closest to the school based on the shortest practicable walking

distance using public roads and footpaths. Distances are measured from home to school. Distances from home to school are measured as shortest walking distances. These are calculated by the LA on behalf of the school using a computerised mapping system that uses data supplied by Ordnance Survey. Distances are measured from the

point designated in the system as the home address to the point designated in the system as the mid point of the nearest open gate to the school, using public roads and footpaths.

Should the school be oversubscribed from within any of the criteria 1 to 4 above, then distance as defined in 5 will be used to prioritise applications within these categories. Should there be two or more identical distances requiring prioritisation, this will be done by casting lots. Late applications The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date will be late applications. If the school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in accordance with the priorities set out above. Waiting lists If a place cannot be offered at Hightown Primary School, unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list. If places become available, children on the waiting list will be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on-time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. Each time a child is added to the waiting list, the waiting list will be re-ranked according to the Admissions Policy criteria. The waiting list will be held until 31st July 2022. Any parent wishing to remain on the waiting after this date will need to make a new in-year application to the school.


• Request part-time admission to the allocated school from the September following their child’s fourth birthday. This should be negotiated with the headteacher of the school. • Request to defer their child’s entry until later in the school year but not beyond the point at which they reach Compulsory school age, and not beyond the beginning of the final term of the school year. • Request to defer their child’s entry until the September following their fifth birthday. Parents must make an in-year application and the pupil would start in Year One.

Parents of summer-born children, that is children born between 1st April and 31st August, may, in addition, choose to send their child to school in the September following their 5th

birthday and may request that their child is admitted out of their normal age group to reception year rather than Year 1. Any parent wishing to apply for their summer-born child to start school outside their normal age group should read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ Booklet, available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed. Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme Hightown Primary School fully participates in the LA published co-ordinated admissions scheme. T he governors have delegated the management of the waiting list to the LA Admissions Team during the normal admission round. The waiting list will be passed to the school on 1st September 2021.

HOLLYBROOK INFANT SCHOOL

ADMISSIONS POLICY

2021/22

The Hamwic Education Trust is the Admission Authority for the school and delegates theprocessing of admissions to the governing body. As required in the School Admissions Code, thegoverning body will consider all on-time preferences at the same time for September 2021admissions.

Parents may express up to three (3) preferences, listing them in the order in which they wouldaccept them. All preferences will be considered and where more than one school could be offered,the parents will be offered a place for their child at the highest ranked of the schools that could beoffered.


Children with statements of special educational needs or EHCPs that name a school must beadmitted to that school under the Education Act 1996 and with regard to the SEN Code of Practice.These children will be admitted to the named school, even if it is full, and are therefore outside thenormal admission arrangements. As required by the Code these children will count as part of thePublished Admission Number (PAN) for the school.


Hollybrook Infant School will admit up to 60 children to Year R in September 2021. This will be the Published Admissions Number for this year group.


Applications submitted by 15 January 2021 will be dealt with first. If the number of applicationssubmitted by 15 January 2021 is greater than the Published Admission Number (PAN) for aschool, admissions to the school will be decided according to the following priorities:

1. Children in public care (looked after children) and previously looked after children asdefined by section 1.7 of the School Admissions Code.


3. Children who have a brother or sister already on the roll of the school who will continue toattend that school for the following year. (This includes children living as siblings in thesame family unit.) In the case of applications for places at infant schools a sibling at thelinked junior school (Hollybrook Junior School) will count as a sibling at the infant school.

A sibling is defined as a brother or sister including half, step, or foster or adoptive brotheror sister, living within the same family unit at the same address.

4. Children who live within the school’s designated catchment area. The catchment area is defined by the roads listed at the end of this policy.

If the school is oversubscribed within categories 1-4 above then priorities (i) to (ii), as setout in 5 below will be used to determine which children will be offered places.


(i) Children of qualified teaching staff employed at the school for two or more years atthe time of application and/or the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant postfor which there is a demonstrable skill shortage.

(ii) Children who live closest to the school based on the shortest practicable walkingdistance using public roads and footpaths. Distances are measured from home to school. These are calculated using a computerised mapping system that uses datasupplied by Ordnance Survey. Distances are measured from the point designatedin the system as the home address to the point designated in the system as themid-point of the nearest open gate to the school, using public roads and footpaths.

If the school is oversubscribed from within criteria 5(i), then distance, as defined in 5(ii)above will be used to prioritise applications. Should there be two or more identical distances requiring prioritisation, this will be done by casting lots.

Late Applications

The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date will be late applications. If the school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in·accordance with the priorities set out above.

Waiting Lists

If a place cannot be offered at Hollybrook Infant School, unsuccessful applicants will automaticallybe placed on the waiting list. If places become available, children on the waiting list will be offeredthem according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will bewithdrawn. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful lateapplications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on-time applications and placed onthe waiting list according to the priorities set out above. Each time a child is added to the waitinglist, the waiting list will be re-ranked according to the Admissions Policy criteria. The waiting listwill be held until 31st July 2022. Any parent wishing to remain on the waiting list after this datewill need to make a new in-year application to the school.

Entry into Reception Year

The offer made to parents for reception class on the initial offer date is of a full time place from thestart of term in September. Schools normally stagger entry into school from that date and arrangefor some initial part-time attendance to ensure a smooth transition from pre-school or home intoschool. Flexibilities exist for those parents who do not feel that their child is ready to start schoolin the September following their fourth birthday. It is possible for them to:

Request part-time admission to the allocated school from the September following theirchild’s fourth birthday. This should be negotiated with the headteacher of the school.

Request to defer their child’s entry until later in the school year but not beyond the pointat which they reach Compulsory school age, and not beyond the beginning of the finalterm of the school year.

Request to defer their child’s entry until the September following their fifth birthday.Parents must make an in-year application and the pupil would start in Year One.

Parents of summer-born children, that is children born between 1st April and 31st August, may, inaddition, choose to send their child to school in the September following their 5th birthday and may request that their child is admitted out of their normal age group to reception year rather thanYear 1. Any parent wishing to apply for their summer-born child to start school outside theirnormal age group should read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal agegroup’ Booklet, available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the proceduresthat need to be followed.

For all requests it is vital to understand that at each transition (starting reception, moving from infant to junior, primary to secondary, secondary to college) the decision whether to maintain the placement in a younger or older year group must be made by the admission authority for the school. As such, there is no guarantee that it will continue throughout the child’s education and a new parental request must be made before each transition. As a general rule, requests should only be made once per phase transfer, unless there has been a significant change in circumstances. One admission authority cannot be required to honour a decision made by another admissionauthority on education out of normal age group.


Hollybrook Infant School fully participates in the LA published co-ordinated admissions scheme. T he governors have delegated the management of the waiting list to the LA Admissions Teamduring the normal admission round. The waiting list will be passed to the school on 1st

September 2021.

HOLLYBROOK INFANT CATCHMENT ROAD LIST

STREET HOUSE NUMBERS ABINGDON GARDENS ARDNAVE CRESCENT ARNHEIM CLOSE ARNHEIM ROAD ASHWOOD GARDENS AVINGTON COURT BASSETT AVENUE Odd Nos Only BASSETT CRESCENT WEST BASSETT DALE BASSETT GARDENS BASSETT HEATH AVENUE BASSETT MEADOW BASSETT ROW BEAUMONT CLOSE BLADON ROAD BOLDREWOOD ROAD BURGESS GARDENS BURGESS ROAD 1-159 (ODDS) BUTTERFIELD ROAD CHALYBEATE CLOSE

CHILWORTH ROAD (5 houses only)

Ashley Green Loneing Paeonia Dun Woodle Boundary House

CLEEK DRIVE DALE ROAD DALE VALLEY CLOSE DALE VALLEY GARDENS DALE VALLEY ROAD DUNKIRK CLOSE DUNKIRK ROAD FALAISE CLOSE FERNLEA GARDENS FERNSIDE COURT FITZROY CLOSE GLENCARRON WAY GOLF COURSE ROAD GREENBANK CRESCENT HIGHCLERE ROAD HILL LANE 169 - 215 / 366 - 408 HOLLY DELL HOLLY HILL HOLLY HILL CLOSE HOLLYBROOK AVENUE HOLLYBROOK ROAD HORDER CLOSE HUNTON CLOSE LINFORD CRESCENT LINGWOOD CLOSE LINGWOOD WALK LINKS VIEW WAY

LITTLE OAK ROAD LORDSWOOD CLOSE LORDSWOOD GARDENS LORDSWOOD ROAD MALVERN ROAD MALVERN TERRACE MALWOOD AVENUE MEADOWHEAD ROAD NORHAM AVENUE NORHAM CLOSE OVERCLIFF RISE PINE WAY PINEHURST ROAD POINTOUT CLOSE POINTOUT ROAD PROVIDENCE PARK QUINTILIS MEWS REDHILL REDHILL CLOSE REDHILL CRESCENT REDHILL WAY RIDGEMOUNT AVENUE RIDGEMOUNT LANE ROCKLEIGH ROAD ROMAN ROAD SAXHOLM CLOSE SAXHOLM DALE SAXHOLM WAY SEACOLE GARDENS SEAGARTH CLOSE SEAGARTH LANE SEYMOUR CLOSE SEYMOUR ROAD SHAWFORD CLOSE SHERWOOD CLOSE ST. JAMES PARK ROAD ST. WINIFREDS ROAD TALBOT CLOSE THORNHILL ROAD TOWER GARDENS TUDOR WOOD CLOSE UNDERCLIFF GARDENS UNDERWOOD CLOSE UNDERWOOD ROAD VERMONT CLOSE VINCENT AVENUE VINERY GARDENS VINERY ROAD WINCHESTER ROAD 156-574 / 347-483 WINCHESTER ROAD Wellman Court WINCHESTER ROAD 356 (Holly Place) WYKEHAM CLOSE

Holy Family Catholic Primary School

Admissions Policy

2020-2021

Policy Statement and Guidelines

Page 1

Mission Statement:

At Holy Family Catholic Primary School we have...

GOD in our hearts

LOVE in our words

FAMILY in our actions

Every child at Holy Family has the right to high quality teaching that will enable them to reach for and beyond their potential. Every child in our care will be supported to grow in Faith, to grow in Hope, and to grow in Love. Growing in the Love of God, our children will become confident learners who have a desire to realise their aspirations. Our children will develop a passion for learning and its infinite possibilities in a nurturing, safe and loving Holy Family.

This Admission Policy relates to the school year shown above. It may be subject to alteration in subsequent years.

Admission to the school is in the control of the Governing Body. Therefore any enquiries regarding admissions should be made to the school office.

The Governors will admit to the school the published admission number (PAN) of 60 children who will attain the age of 5 years during the school year 1 September 2020 to 31 August 2021, to be arranged in classes of 30 children per class. The school's net capacity assessment is 420.

ALL applications are considered equally, irrespective of the order of preference expressed on the Southampton City Council Common Application Form available online.

Should the school be oversubscribed, the Governors will consider applications in the following order of priority:

1 Baptised Catholic children in, or previously in, Local Authority care

2 Baptised Catholic children with a sibling on roll at the time of admission

3 Baptised Catholic children resident in the Southampton parishes of Holy Family

Parish, St Vincent de Paul, St Theresa's Totton.

4 Other children in, or previously in, Local Authority care

5 Other children with a sibling on roll at the time of application and admission

6 Other baptised Catholic children

7 Baptised or dedicated children of other Christian faiths

8 Unbaptised children of baptised Catholic parent(s)

9 All other children who are not covered by the above categories

Page 2

Children are normally admitted at the start of the school year in which they become five years old. Where children have not reached their fifth birthday parents may defer entry until the child has reached their fifth birthday but cannot defer later than the start of the summer term.

The Governing Body cannot guarantee admission to the sibling of a child who is already a pupil in the school. Admissions are strictly in accordance with the policy set above.

Sibling criterion

Children who have a brother or sister already on the roll of the school who can reasonably be expected to continue to attend that school in the following year school year. (This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit.)


Should any year group at the time of application for admission be oversubscribed, then a child's name will be placed on a waiting list. Places will be allocated in accordance with the categories stated in the Admissions Policy.

Random Allocation

Should there be two or more identical distances requiring prioritisation, this will be done by casting lots. Lots will be drawn by the Principal Officer for Education and Early Years, People Directorate, Southampton City Council.


The offer made to parents for reception class on the initial offer date is of a full time place from the start of term after 1 September. Parents have the right to defer their child’s entry into reception class to any point up the time the child is of statutory school age (the term starting after their child’s 5th birthday) or until the start of the summer term if their child is not of statutory school age until after the start of the summer term in the reception year. Parents CANNOT however defer entry until the start of year 1 i.e. the reception class place cannot be held open over the summer holidays. The child must start school in the reception year. If a parent does not enrol their child at the school in the reception year they must make an in year application for a year 1 place.

Parents can request part time education for their child in the reception year up until the child is of statutory school age it if it in the child’s best interests.

Parents of summer-born children, that is children born between 1st April and 31st August, may, in addition, choose to send their child to school in the September following their 5th

birthday and may request that their child is admitted out of their normal age group to reception year rather than Year 1. Any parent wishing to apply for their summer-born child to start school outside their normal age group must do so by completing the form entitled ‘Application for Entry Outside the Normal Age Group’ which is available to download on-line at the SCC website. This forms enables parents to set out their reasons as to why they feel

Page 3

their child should be admitted outside their normal age group. It is a parent’s responsibility to include any supporting evidence. Applications for entry outside the normal age group should be made by 31 October.

Each case will be decided on its merits by the Governing Body, the admission authority for the school. Parents will be notified of the outcome of their request in writing by 15 December. If a parent is refused their request to apply outside their child’s normal age group they will still have time to make an on-time application for their child to start school with their correct age group before the closing date of 15 January. Each decision will be made based on the merits of the case presented.

PLEASE NOTE: Parents should be aware that if they are allowed to apply for a place outside their child’s normal age group, this is not a guarantee of a place at the school. Their application will be considered along with the other applications made for children in the correct age group for that year and places will be offered strictly according to the admission criteria for the school. If the school is unable to offer a place to a child outside their normal age group in the admissions round, the Local Authority, or any other admission authority for other schools, are under no obligation to agree admission to a year group outside the normal age group. This means that if a parent is unsuccessful in an application outside their child’s normal age group, their child could be placed straight into a Year 1 class (their correct age group) in other schools resulting in the child missing up to a year of education.

During the academic year 'casual' applications for admission may be received. Each will be placed on the waiting list in accordance with the published policy. Priority for an oversubscribed category will be given to children who live closest to the school based on the shortest practicable walking distance using public roads and footpaths.

Admission to Holy Family School does not guarantee a place at a Catholic secondary school.

A parent has the right to appeal against a refusal of admission by writing a letter to the Clerk to the Governors stating the reasons for appealing against the decision within fourteen days. The appeal is heard by an independent panel.

Page 4

Hope Community School (Southampton) Admission Arrangements for 2020/2021

1. Introductory statement

This document sets out the admission arrangements for Hope Community School (HCS) for entry in 2019/2020.

HCS Southampton, is a Primary School at the heart of the community. We work with families to increase children’s aspirations, encourage adventure and maximise each child’s talents and gifts. We want to inspire children to be people who not only value their community but also have the desire, ability and tools to transform and enrich it through innovation and aspirational visions.

We want children to enjoy and achieve their full potential at school. No matter what their ability, ethnicity or background, each child should thrive throughout their education.

HCS is a school of Christian Designation. The school seeks to be an inclusive school expressing a twenty-first century Christian ethos welcoming children and families of all faiths and no faith and drawing together a wide range of people from different backgrounds to work towards the good of the whole community.

At HCS we understand how important the choice of school for your child is for you, and we want to do everything we can to support you and give you all relevant and helpful information, so please do contact us for clarification if you require this.

Compliance with the Schools Admissions Code 2014

HCS will comply with the School Admissions Code to ensure the admissions arrangements are fair, clear and objective. HCS will make sure that all communication is targeted and accessible to all in our community, including the hard to reach, and those requiring information in additional languages.

2. Admission number(s)

HCS PAN is 60 children per year1. This admission number relates to the year group of normal entry to HCS (Reception). Once admitted to HCS pupils will automatically transfer from one key stage to another.

1 This number is currently under consultation – it is proposed to reduce this number to 30 for Reception 2021. Consultation period is 25th June to 18th September. Visit our website www.hopecommunityschool.org for more information.

http://www.hopecommunityschool.org/

HCS will accordingly admit this number of pupils each year if there are sufficient applications. Application for a Reception place at the school is via Southampton City Council’s website.

3. Oversubscription criteria

When the academy/free school is oversubscribed, after the admission of pupils with a Statement of Special Educational Needs or an Education, Health and Care plan naming the school, priority for admission will be given to those children who meet the criteria set out below, in priority order: 1. Looked after and previously looked after children: A looked after child is a child who is (a) in the care of a local authority, or (b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services functions (see the definition in Section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989). A previously looked-after child is a child who was looked after but ceased to be so because they were adopted, this includes children adopted under the Adoption Act 1976 (see section 12 adoption orders) and children who were adopted under the Adoption and Children’s Act 2002 (see section 46 adoption orders). Children subject to a special guardianship order or child arrangements order immediately after being looked after are considered to be previously looked after children. Section 14A of the Children Act 1989 defines a ‘special guardianship order’ as an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian (or special guardians). Child arrangements orders are defined in s.8 of the Children Act 1989, as amended by s.12 of the Children and Families Act 2014. Child arrangements orders determine a) with whom a child is to live, spend time or otherwise have contact, and (b) when a child is to live, spend time or otherwise have contact with any person. They replace residence orders and any residence order in force immediately after the child was in care is deemed to be a child arrangements order. 2. Faith based places: As a school designated as having a Religious Character, up to 20% of places will be allocated on the basis of the Christian faith1 according to the following Children whose parents/carers are regular attenders of Pioneer Churches, Southampton2;

2a. who already have a sibling3 on roll,

2b. with exceptional medical, social or welfare needs which means the child must, because of those needs, attend the school. Appropriate evidence from a doctor or social worker must be provided.

1 For admission purposes, an applicant is considered to be a Christian if they are practising Christians who regularly attend church. See Supplementary Information Form for further explanation of faith based criteria. 2 As confirmed by completion of Supplementary Information Form completed by parent/carer and signed by Church leader. 3 When we use the term siblings we mean: children with a sibling (the term “sibling” means a full, half, adopted or fostered brother or sister, or other child living permanently within the same household) on roll at Hope Community School Southampton at the point of admission.

2c. living closest (using Southampton City Council’s definition of straight line distance4). Then, if the 20% faith based places are not filled in criteria 2a to 2c, the remaining faith based places will be open to:

Children whose parents/carers are regular attenders of a Churches Together in England and/or Evangelical Alliance Church2;

2d. who already have a sibling3 on roll.

2e. with exceptional medical or social needs which means the child must, because of those needs, attend the school. Appropriate evidence from a doctor or social worker must be provided.

2f. living closest (using Southampton City Council’s definition of straight line distance4).

If more children apply under faith based criteria than places available, those not successful in gaining a faith based place will be considered under ‘open places’ alongside other applicants without the school taking any account of faith.

3. Open places (all remaining places):

3a. Siblings3

3b. Children with exceptional medical or social needs which means the child must, because of those needs, attend the school. Appropriate evidence from a doctor, social worker etc. must be provided. 4 The distance provided by Southampton City Council’s measuring software will be used for all applications for the school to ensure they are treated in a consistent manner. The measuring software is updated each year with the latest address point data provided by Ordnance Survey. The address point reference they have for your property is taken as one end of a straight line, with the address point reference for the school as the other. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. When they apply the distance criterion for an oversubscribed school that uses straight line distance as a criterion, these straight line measurements are used to determine how close each child’s address is to the school. A block of flats has a single address point reference, so applicants living in the same block will be regarded as living the same distance away from a school. In the unlikely event that two or more children live in the same block and in all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available place at the school the tie-break in section 4 of the policy will apply to decide which child should be given the place. The home address will be taken as the child’s home address on 16th March 2020, unless there is a qualifying change of address by 11th April 2020. It must be the address at which the child lives with the parent or registered guardian who is the main carer, i.e., the parent eligible to receive Child Benefit and Child Tax Credit.

3c. Any other children (Children living closest using the Council’s definition of straight line distance4).

4. 4. Tie-break In the event of any of the above criteria being oversubscribed, priority will be given based on distance as described above with those closest being given higher priority. In the event of a ‘tie-break’ situation (i.e. if home to school distance is equal, for example two children living in the same block of flats or in the same house) a rank order will be determined by HCS and KCC will use a method of random selection. This process will be independently verified. However, if children of multiple birth (twins and triplets) are tied for the final place, those siblings will be admitted over PAN as permitted by infant class size rules.

5. Reception age children

Parents offered a place can defer entry until the start of the term within the academic year that their child reaches compulsory school age (but not beyond the final term i.e. children born September to December can start in January and all other children must start in the Summer term), or can take up the place part-time until they reach compulsory school age. The pattern of attendance must be agreed with the school and be beneficial to the child. Places cannot be deferred until the next academic year. Children become of compulsory school age on the first prescribed day following their 5th birthday: 31 August, 31 December or 31 March, or on that day if any of these dates are the child’s birthday.

Parents of a summer-born child may choose not to send their child to school until he or she reaches compulsory school age (the September following their fifth birthday) and may request that they are admitted to Reception rather than Year 1 (see section 6 below). Parents should note that Year 1 is not a normal point of entry and therefore, there is no guarantee a place will be available.

6. Admission of children outside their normal year group

Parents may request that their child is admitted out of year group for example if the child is gifted and talented, has experienced problems such as ill health or because they are a summer-born child of compulsory school age who their parents wish to be admitted to reception rather than year 1. Parents/carers wishing to request consideration for a place outside their child’s normal year group should contact the Admissions Authority, which is New Generation Schools Trust. Further detail is available on our website www.hopecommunityschool.org.

Decisions will be made in the best interests of the child taking into account the views of the parents/carers and Principal as well as any evidence from health/social care professionals.

If accepted, such an application will be treated in exactly the same manner as all applications, and will be subject to the oversubscription criteria and waiting list arrangements as detailed in this policy. Parents have the right of appeal against the refusal of a place at the school, but have no right of appeal against the refusal of a place in a particular year group. If the child has priority for admission we may agree to admit them into an older or younger year group, or offer a place in the normal year group.


7. Infant class size limit

Infant classes (i.e. those where the majority of children are 5, 6 or 7) must not be larger than 30 pupils to a teacher. If twins, triplets or children of other multiple births are tied for the last place, they will all be admitted and will be classed as exceptions to the infant class size limit until they leave Year 2 or until the class size reduces to 30 or below.

8. Late applications

All applications received by the school after the deadline will be considered to be late applications. Late applications will be considered after those received on time have been processed and offers made to them. If, following consideration of all applicants the school is oversubscribed, children will be automatically placed on the school’s waiting list. Parents/carers can request to not be placed on this list.

9. In year applications

All in-year applications should be made to Southampton City Council, who will inform HCS of the application. In-year applications will be considered using the same criteria as those used for Reception places.

10. Waiting lists

HCS will operate a waiting list for each year group. Where in any year the academy/free school receives more applications for places than there are places available, a waiting list will operate until the end of the academic year. This will be maintained by New Generation Schools Trust and it will be open to any parent to ask for his or her child’s name to be placed on the waiting list, following an unsuccessful application.

Children’s position on the waiting list will be determined solely in accordance with the oversubscription criteria. Where places become vacant they will be allocated to children on the waiting list in accordance with the oversubscription criteria. If all faith-based places are full, then only non-faith based criteria will be used.

Waiting lists will be re-ordered in accordance with the oversubscription criteria whenever a child joins or leaves the waiting list.

11. Appeals

Applicants who are not offered a place at HCS will be given a right of appeal to an independent appeal panel constituted and operated in accordance with the School Admission Appeals Code (DfE, 1st February 2012).

Appellants should contact the School for information on how to appeal.5 Information on the timetable for the appeals process is on our website at www.hopecommunityschool.org.

5 Parents/carers have 20 school days from the date of notification that their application was unsuccessful to lodge an appeal.


KANES HILL PRIMARY SCHOOL

ADMISSIONS POLICY

2021/22

Tronaf'ormln9 Lives - Bulldlng Futures

Inspire Learning Partnership is a charitable company limited by guarantee registered in England and Wales with company number 9202445

The Inspire Learning Partnership are the Admission Authority for the school. As required in the School Admissions Code the Trust Board will consider all on-time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions.

Parents may express up to three (3) preferences, listing them in the order in which they would accept them. All preferences will be considered and where more than one school could be offered, the parents will be offered a place for their child at the higher ranked of the schools that could be offered.



Published Admissions Number

Kanes Hill Primary School will admit up to 60 children to Year R in September 2021. This will be the Published Admissions Number for this year group.



1. Children in public care (looked after children) and previously looked after children as defined in paragraph 1.7 of the School Admissions Code.


3. Children who have a brother or sister already on the roll of the school who will continue to attend the school for the following year. (This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit.)


4. Children of staff who have, (l) been employed at the school for two or more years at the time at which the application for admissions to the school is made, and/or (2) have been recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage. 'Staff' includes all those on the payroll of the school. 'Children of staff' refers to situations where the staff member is the natural parent, the legal guardian or a resident step parent.

5. Children who live closest to the school based on the shortest practicable walking distance using public roads and footpaths. Distances are measured from home to school. Distances from home to school are measured as shortest walking distances. These are calculated by the LA on behalf of the school using a computerised mapping system that uses data supplied by Ordnance Survey. Distances are measured from the point designated in the system as the home address to the point designated in the system as the mid point of the nearest open gate to the school, using public roads and footpaths.


Should the school be oversubscribed from within any of the criteria l to 4 above, then distance as defined in 5 will be used to prioritise applications within these categories. Should there be two or more identical distances requiring prioritisation, this will be done by casting lots.

Late applications

The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date will be late applications. If the school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in accordance with the priorities set out above.

Waiting lists

If a place cannot be offered at Kanes Hill Primary School, unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list. If places become available, children on the waiting list will be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on-time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. Each time a child is added to the waiting list, the waiting list will be re-ranked according to the Admissions Policy criteria. The waiting list will be held until 31st July 2022. Any parent wishing to remain on the waiting after this date will need to make a new in-year application to the school.


The offer made to parents for reception class on the initial offer date is of a full time place from the start of term in September. Schools normally stagger entry into school from that date and arrange for some initial part-time attendance to ensure a smooth transition from pre-school or home into school. Flexibilities exist for those parents who do not feel that their child is ready to start school in the September following their fourth birthday. It is possible for them to:

• Request part-time admission to the allocated school from the September following their child's fourth birthday. This should be negotiated with the Principal of the school.

• Request to defer their child's entry until later in the school year but not beyond the point at which they reach Compulsory school age, and not beyond the beginning of the final term of the school year.

• Request to defer their child's entry until the September following their fifth birthday. Parents must make an in-year application and the pupil would start in Year One.

Parents of summer-born children, that is children born between 1st April and 31 st August, may, in addition, choose to send their child to school in the September following their 5th birthday and may request that their child is admitted out of their normal age group to reception year rather than Year l. Any parent wishing to apply for their summer-born child to start school outside their normal age group should read the 'Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group' Booklet, available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed.


Kanes Hill Primary School fully participates in the LA published co-ordinated admissions scheme. The governors have delegated the management of the waiting list to the LA Admissions Team during the normal admission round. The waiting list will be passed to the school on l st

September 2021 .


Document Title Admissions Policy 2021-22 - Kanes Hill Primary School

Date Ratified by Trustees 10.2.20

Signature - Chair of Trustees

Signature - Executive Principal/CEO

Next Review January 2021 (for 2022-23)


LUDLOW INFANT ACADEMY

ADMISSIONS POLICY

2021/22

The Hamwic Education Trust is the Admission Authority for the school and delegates the processing of admissions to the governing body. As required in the School Admissions Code, the governing body will consider all on-time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions. Parents may express up to three (3) preferences, listing them in the order in which they would accept them. All preferences will be considered and where more than one school could be offered, the parents will be offered a place for their child at the highest ranked of the schools that could be offered. Children with statements of special educational needs (SEN) / Education, Health and Care Plan (EHCP) that name the school Children with statements of special educational needs or EHCPs that name a school must be admitted to that school under the Education Act 1996 and with regard to the SEN Code of Practice. These children will be admitted to the named school, even if it is full, and are therefore outside the normal admission arrangements. As required by the Code these children will count as part of the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school. Published Admission Number Ludlow Infant Academy will admit up to 90 children to Year R in September 2021. This will be the Published Admissions Number for this year group. Oversubscription criteria Applications submitted by 15 January 2021 will be dealt with first. If the number of applications submitted by 15 January 2021 is greater than the Published Admission Number (PAN) for a school, admissions to the school will be decided according to the following priorities:



3. Children who have a brother or sister already on the roll of the school who will continue to attend that school for the following year. (This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit.) In the case of applications for places at infant schools a sibling at the linked junior school (Ludlow Junior School) will count as a sibling at the infant school.









Late Applications The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date will be late applications. If the school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in· accordance with the priorities set out above. Waiting Lists If a place cannot be offered at Ludlow Infant Academy, unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list. If places become available, children on the waiting list will be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on-time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. Each time a child is added to the waiting list, the waiting list will be re-ranked according to the Admissions Policy criteria. The waiting list will be held until 31st July 2022. Any parent wishing to remain on the waiting list after this date will need to make a new in-year application to the school.


Request part-time admission to the allocated school from the September following their child’s fourth birthday. This should be negotiated with the headteacher of the school. Request to defer their child’s entry until later in the school year but not beyond the point at which they reach Compulsory school age, and not beyond the beginning of the final

term of the school year. Request to defer their child’s entry until the September following their fifth birthday. Parents must make an in-year application and the pupil would start in Year One.

Parents of summer-born children, that is children born between 1st April and 31st August, may, in addition, choose to send their child to school in the September following their 5th birthday and may request that their child is admitted out of their normal age group to reception year rather than Year 1. Any parent wishing to apply for their summer-born child to start school outside their normal age group should read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ Booklet, available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed. For all requests it is vital to understand that at each transition (starting reception, moving from infant to junior, primary to secondary, secondary to college) the decision whether to maintain the placement in a younger or older year group must be made by the admission authority for the school. As such, there is no guarantee that it will continue throughout the child’s education and a new parental request must be made before each transition. As a general rule, requests should only be made once per phase transfer, unless there has been a significant change in circumstances. One admission authority cannot be required to honour a decision made by another admission authority on education out of normal age group.

Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme Ludlow Infant Academy fully participates in the LA published co-ordinated admissions scheme. T he governors have delegated the management of the waiting list to the LA Admissions Team during the normal admission round. The waiting list will be passed to the school on 1st September 2021.

LUDLOW INFANT ACADEMY CATCHMENT ROAD LIST Street House Nos Street House Nos AILSA LANE MERRIDALE ROAD ASHBURNHAM CLOSE MILLAIS ROAD BISHOPS CRESCENT MITCHELL CLOSE BISHOPS ROAD MORTIMER ROAD BRAESIDE CLOSE MULLEN CLOSE

BRAESIDE CRESCENT NORTHERN ANCHORAGE

BRAESIDE ROAD NORTON CLOSE BRIDGE ROAD OAKBANK ROAD BRYANSTON ROAD OSTERLEY ROAD CECIL ROAD PEARTREE AVENUE 1-89 / 2-90 CHEDDAR CLOSE PEARTREE CLOSE CRANBURY ROAD PEARTREE ROAD DEFENDER ROAD PEVERIL ROAD DEFENDER WALK POOLE ROAD ELSTREE ROAD PORCHESTER ROAD FERN ROAD PORTSMOUTH ROAD 1-219 FORT ROAD RADSTOCK ROAD GAINSFORD ROAD SEA ROAD GARTON ROAD SEAWARD GARDENS HAZEL ROAD SEAWARD ROAD HILL STREET SHAMROCK ROAD JAMESON ROAD SHOLING ROAD 4-54 / 1-97 KNIGHTON ROAD SPRING ROAD 131-289 / 280-410 LAUREL CLOSE STATION ROAD 1-59 / 2-60 LEIGHTON ROAD SWANAGE CLOSE LOWER MORTIMER ROAD TANKERVILLE ROAD LOWER VICARAGE ROAD TRANBY ROAD LUDLOW ROAD VINEYARD CLOSE MALDON ROAD WHARNCLIFFE ROAD MANOR ROAD NORTH WODEHOUSE ROAD MANOR ROAD SOUTH

Mansbridge Primary School

Admission Policy for Mansbridge Primary School for 2021/22

The Governing Body (GB) of the school is the admission authority for the school. The authority will consider all on-time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions.

Mansbridge Primary School has a Published Admission Number (PAN) of 30.


Children with Education, Health and Care Plans (EHCPs) that name a school must be admitted to that school under the Education Act 1996 and with regard to the SEND Code of Practice. These children will be admitted to the named school, even if it is full, and are therefore outside the normal admission arrangements.


Applications submitted by 15 January 2021 will be dealt with first. If the number of applications submitted by 15 January 2021 is greater than the PAN for the school, admissions to the school will be decided according to the following priorities:

1. Children in public care (looked after children) and previously looked afterchildren as defined by section 1.7 of the School Admissions Code.


3. Children who have a brother or sister already on roll at Mansbridge PrimarySchool who will continue to attend the following year.

4. Children whose parents have satisfied the GB that their child has a significantmedical or psychological condition which means they must attend the preferredschool rather than any other. Applications must be supported by appropriatewritten evidence from a doctor or psychologist.



Should the school be oversubscribed from within any of the criteria, then distance, as defined below, will be used to prioritise applications within these categories. Should there be two or more identical distances requiring prioritisation, this will be done by casting lots. Lots will be drawn by the Education Lead, Southampton City Council, independent from the school.

Definitions

Sibling: This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit. A sibling is defined as a brother or sister including half, step, foster or adoptive brother or sister, living within the same family unit at the same address.

Catchment Area: A “designated catchment area” for a school is the area set out in the definitive catchment area map. This map is held by Southampton City Council, Civic Centre, Southampton SO14 7LY. A schedule of addresses, to be read in conjunction with the map, is also kept by the Council. Parents wishing to know if their address is in a particular catchment area can contact the Admissions Team, or log on to the council website www.southampton.gov.uk, click on “My Southampton”, follow the links, and enter their postcode. Distance: Distances are measured as the crow flies. Distances are measured from home to school for all children. These are calculated using a computerised mapping system that uses data supplied by Ordnance Survey. Distances are measured from the point designated in the system as the home address to the point designated in the system as the mid-point of the nearest open pedestrian gate to the school. Late applications The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date will be late applications and will dealt with after all on time applicants have been offered a school place. If the school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in accordance with the priorities set out above. Waiting lists Unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list for the school. If places become available, children on the waiting list will automatically be offered them according to the priorities set out above. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. This means that waiting lists will be re-ranked after every new application for the school. The GB has delegated responsibility of the management of the waiting list to Southampton City Council. The waiting list will be maintained until the end of the summer term. Entry into Reception Class Flexibilities exist for those parents who do not feel that their child is ready to start school in the September following their fourth birthday. It is possible for them to:

• Request part-time admission to the allocated school from the September following their child’s fourth birthday. This should be negotiated with the headteacher of the allocated school.

• Request to defer their child’s entry until later in the school year but not beyond the point at which they reach Compulsory School Age, and not beyond the


beginning of the final term of the school year. This should be negotiated with the headteacher of the allocated school.

• Request to defer their child’s entry until the September following their fifth birthday. Parents must make an in-year application and the pupil would start in Year 1.

Parents of summer-born children, that is children born between 1 April and 31 August, may, in addition, choose to send their child to school in the September following their 5th birthday and may request that their child is admitted out of their normal age group to reception year rather than Year 1. Any parent wishing to apply for their summer-born child to start school outside their normal age group should read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ document available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed. For all requests it is vital to understand that at each transition (starting reception, moving from infant to junior, primary to secondary, secondary to college) the decision whether to maintain the placement in a younger or older year group must be made by the admission authority for the school. As such, there is no guarantee that it will continue throughout the child’s education and a new parental request must be made before each transition. As a general rule, requests should only be made once per phase transfer, unless there has been a significant change in circumstances. One admission authority cannot be required to honour a decision made by another admission authority on education outside normal age group. In-Year Admissions Admissions mid-year for any year group will be dealt with in accordance with this policy.

Admission Policy for Maytree Infant and Nursery School for 2021-2022 Maytree Infant and Nursery School is part of the Aspire Community Trust. The Governing Body (GB) of the school is the admission authority for the school. As required in the School Admissions Code, the GB will consider all on time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions. Parents may express up to three (3) preferences, listing them in the order in which they would accept them. All preferences will be considered and where more than one school could be offered, the parents will be offered a place for their child at the highest ranked of the schools that could be offered. Published Admission Number (PAN) Maytree Infant and Nursery School will admit up to 90 pupils to Year R in September 2021. Children with Education, Health and Care Plans (EHCP) that name a school Children with Education, Health and Care Plans (EHCPs) that name a school must be admitted to that school under the Education Act 1996 and with regard to the SEND Code of Practice. These children will be admitted to the named school, even if it is full, and are therefore outside the normal admission arrangements. As required by the Code these children will count as part of the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school. Oversubscription criteria Applications submitted by 15 January 2021 will be dealt with first. If the number of applications submitted by 15 January 2021 is greater than the PAN for a school, admissions to the school will be decided according to the following priorities:


2. Children subject to a child protection plan or deemed to be vulnerable by the Senior

Officer with responsibility for safeguarding in Southampton City Council.


4. Children whose parents have satisfied the Local Authority that their child has a

significant medical or psychological condition which means they must attend the preferred school rather than any other. Applications must be supported by appropriate written evidence from a doctor or psychologist.



Should the school be oversubscribed from within any of the criteria, then distance, as defined below, will be used to prioritise applications within these categories. Should there be two or more identical distances requiring prioritisation, this will be done by casting lots. Lots will be drawn by the Education Lead, Southampton City Council. Definitions Sibling: This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit. In the case of applications for places at infant schools a sibling at the linked junior school will count as a sibling at the infant school. A sibling is defined as a brother or sister including half, step, foster or adoptive brother or sister, living within the same family unit at the same address. Catchment Area: A “designated catchment area” for a school is the area set out in the definitive catchment area map for each school. This map is held by Southampton City Council, Civic Centre, Southampton SO14 7LY. A schedule of addresses, to be read in conjunction with the map, is also kept by the Council. Parents wishing to know if their address is in a particular catchment area can contact the Admissions Team, or log on to the council website www.southampton.gov.uk, click on “My Southampton”, follow the links, and enter their postcode. Distance: Distances are measured based on the shortest walking distance using public roads and footpaths. Distances are measured from home to school for all children. These are calculated using a computerised mapping system that uses data supplied by Ordnance Survey. Distances are measured from the point designated in the system as the home address to the point designated in the system as the mid-point of the nearest open pedestrian gate to the school, using public roads and footpaths. Late applications The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date will be late applications and will dealt with after all on time applicants have been offered a school place. If a school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in accordance with the priorities set out above. Waiting lists If a place cannot be offered at Maytree Infant and Nursery School, unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list for the school. If places become available, children on the waiting list will automatically be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. This means that waiting lists will be re-ranked after every new expression of preference. The waiting list will be held until 31 July 2022. Any parent wishing to remain on the waiting list after this date will need to make a new in-year application to the school. Entry into Reception Class


The offer made to parents for reception class on the initial offer date is of a full time place from the start of term after 1 September 2021. Schools normally wish to stagger entry into school from that date and arrange for some initial part time attendance to ensure a smooth transition from pre-school / home into school. Flexibilities exist for those parents who do not feel that their child is ready to start school in the September following their fourth birthday. It is possible for them to:


• Defer their child’s entry until later in the school year but not beyond the point at which

they reach Compulsory School Age, and not beyond the beginning of the final term of the school year. This should be discussed with the headteacher of the allocated school.

• Defer their child’s entry until the September following their fifth birthday. Parents must

make an in-year application and the pupil would start in Year 1. Parents of summer-born children, that is children born between 1 April and 31 August, may, in addition, choose to send their child to school in the September following their 5th birthday and may request that their child is admitted out of their normal age group to reception year rather than Year 1. Any parent wishing to request for their summer-born child to start school outside their normal age group should read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ document available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed. For all requests it is vital to understand that at each transition (starting reception, moving from infant to junior, primary to secondary, secondary to college) the decision whether to maintain the placement in a younger or older year group must be made by the admission authority for the school. As such, there is no guarantee that it will continue throughout the child’s education and a new parental request must be made before each transition. As a general rule, requests should only be made once per phase transfer, unless there has been a significant change in circumstances. One admission authority cannot be required to honour a decision made by another admission authority on education out of normal age group. In-Year Admissions Admissions mid-year for any year group will be dealt with in accordance with this policy. Please contact the current school for an admission application form.

1 Moorlands Primary School Admissions Policy 2021- 2022

Moorlands Primary School is part of the REACH Cooperative Trust. The Governing Body (GB) of the school is the admission authority for the school. As required in the School Admissions Code, the GB will consider all on time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions. Parents may express up to three (3) preferences, listing them in the order in which they would accept them. All preferences will be considered and where more than one school could be offered, the parents will be offered a place for their child at the highest ranked of the schools that could be offered. Published Admission Number (PAN) Moorlands Primary School will admit up to 60 pupils to Year R in September 2021. Children with Education, Health and Care Plans (EHCP) that name a school Children with Education, Health and Care Plans (EHCPs) that name a school must be admitted to that school under the Education Act 1996 and with regard to the SEND Code of Practice. These children will be admitted to the named school, even if it is full, and are therefore outside the normal admission arrangements. As required by the Code these children will count as part of the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school.

Oversubscription criteria Applications submitted by 15 January 2021 will be dealt with first. If the number of applications submitted by 15 January 2021 is greater than the PAN for a school, admissions will be decided according to the following priorities:







Should a school be oversubscribed from within any of the criteria, then distance, as

https://www.google.com/url?sa=i&url=https://www.moorlandsprimary.com/&psig=AOvVaw3yQCLK_w7YRg2JtwIB45fh&ust=1571481450696000&source=images&cd=vfe&ved=0CAIQjRxqFwoTCLCF2t_OpeUCFQAAAAAdAAAAABAK

2

defined below, will be used to prioritise applications within these categories. Should there be two or more identical distances requiring prioritisation, this will be done by casting lots. Lots will be drawn independently by the Education Lead, Southampton City Council. Definitions Sibling: This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit. A sibling is defined as a brother or sister including half, step, foster or adoptive brother or sister, living within the same family unit at the same address. Catchment Area: A “designated catchment area” for a school is the area set out in the definitive catchment area map for each school. This map is held by Southampton City Council, Civic Centre, Southampton SO14 7LY. A schedule of addresses, to be read in conjunction with the map, is also kept by the Council. Parents wishing to know if their address is in a particular catchment area can contact the Admissions Team, or log on to the council website www.southampton.gov.uk, click on “My Southampton”, follow the links, and enter their postcode. Distance: Distances are measured based on the shortest walking distance using public roads and footpaths. Distances are measured from home to school for all children. These are calculated using a computerised mapping system that uses data supplied by Ordnance Survey. Distances are measured from the point designated in the system as the home address to the point designated in the system as the mid-point of the nearest open pedestrian gate to the school, using public roads and footpaths. Late applications The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date will be late applications and will dealt with after all on time applicants have been offered a school place. If a school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in accordance with the priorities set out above. Waiting lists If a place cannot be offered at Moorlands Primary School, all unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list. If places become available, children on the waiting list will be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. This means that waiting lists will be re-ranked after every new expression of preference. The waiting list will be held until 31 July 2022. Any parent wishing to remain on the waiting list after this date will need to make a new in-year application to the school.



3

Entry into Reception Class The offer made to parents for reception class on the initial offer date is of a full time place from the start of term after 1 September 2021. Schools normally wish to stagger entry into school from that date and arrange for some initial part time attendance to ensure a smooth transition from pre-school / home into school. Flexibilities exist for those parents who do not feel that their child is ready to start school in the September following their fourth birthday. It is possible for them to:




Parents of summer-born children, that is children born between 1 April and 31 August, may, in addition, choose to send their child to school in the September following their 5th birthday and may request that their child is admitted out of their normal age group to reception year rather than Year 1. Any parent wishing to request for their summer-born child to start school outside their normal age group should read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ document available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed. For all requests it is vital to understand that at each transition (starting reception, moving from infant to junior, primary to secondary, secondary to college) the decision whether to maintain the placement in a younger or older year group must be made by the admission authority for the school. As such, there is no guarantee that it will continue throughout the child’s education and a new parental request must be made before each transition. As a general rule, requests should only be made once per phase transfer, unless there has been a significant change in circumstances. One admission authority cannot be required to honour a decision made by another admission authority on education out of normal age group. In-Year Admissions Admissions mid-year for any year group will be dealt with in accordance with this policy.


4


Admissions Policy for 2021-22

Mount Pleasant Junior School is part of the Aspire Community Trust. The Governing Body (GB) of the school is the admission authority for the school. As required in the School Admissions Code, the GB will consider all on time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions. Parents may express up to three (3) preferences, listing them in the order in which they would accept them. All preferences will be considered and where more than one school could be offered, the parents will be offered a place for their child at the highest ranked of the schools that could be offered. Published Admission Number (PAN) Mount Pleasant Junior School will admit up to 90 pupils to Year R in September 2021. Children with Education, Health and Care Plans (EHCP) that name a school Children with Education, Health and Care Plans (EHCPs) that name a school must be admitted to that school under the Education Act 1996 and with regard to the SEND Code of Practice. These children will be admitted to the named school, even if it is full, and are therefore outside the normal admission arrangements. As required by the Code these children will count as part of the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school.




3. Children attending the linked infant school (Maytree Infant and Nursery School) at the time of application.

4. Children who have a sibling already on the roll of the school who will continue to attend that

school for the following year.





Should a school be oversubscribed from within any of the criteria, then distance, as defined below, will be used to prioritise applications within these categories. Should there be two or more identical distances requiring prioritisation, this will be done by casting lots. Lots will be drawn independently by the Education Lead, Southampton City Council. Definitions Linked Infant School: This criterion applies only at the time of transfer from Year 2 to Year 3 and until the end of the first term of junior school. After that time previous attendance at the linked infant school gives no priority to an application for a place at the linked junior school.

Linked Junior School: priority will be given to children attending a linked infant school at the closing date of applications. They are as follows:

• Maytree Infant and Nursery School links to Mount Pleasant Junior School

Sibling: This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit. In the case of applications for places at a junior school, a sibling at the linked infant school will count as a sibling at the junior school. A sibling is defined as a brother or sister including half, step, foster or adoptive brother or sister, living within the same family unit at the same address. Catchment Area: A “designated catchment area” for a school is the area set out in the definitive catchment area map for each school. This map is held by Southampton City Council, Civic Centre, Southampton SO14 7LY. A schedule of addresses, to be read in conjunction with the map, is also kept by the Council. Parents wishing to know if their address is in a particular catchment area can contact the Admissions Team, or log on to the council website www.southampton.gov.uk, click on “My Southampton”, follow the links, and enter their postcode. Distance: Distances are measured based on the shortest walking distance using public roads and footpaths. Distances are measured from home to school for all children. These are calculated using a computerised mapping system that uses data supplied by Ordnance Survey. Distances are measured from the point designated in the system as the home address to the point designated in the system as the mid-point of the nearest open pedestrian gate to the school, using public roads and footpaths. Late applications The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date will be late applications and will dealt with after all on time applicants have been offered a school place. If a school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in accordance with the priorities set out above. Waiting lists



If a place cannot be offered at Mount Pleasant Junior School, all unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list. If places become available, children on the waiting list will be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. This means that waiting lists will be re-ranked after every new expression of preference. The waiting list will be held until 31 July 2022. Any parent wishing to remain on the waiting list after this date will need to make a new in-year application to the school. Admission of children outside their normal age group

Parents may request that their child is admitted outside their normal age group, for example, if the child is gifted or talented or has experienced problems such as ill health, or they are summer born and were admitted to Year R outside the normal age group. All requests will be considered on their merits, taking account of the parent’s view and the views of the headteacher.

Parents of summer-born children for whom education outside normal age group was previously agreed will be required to make a new request for entry into junior school. This should be done as if the child is placed in their correct year group. For example, a child who has been held back a year (decelerated) should be making a new request when the child is in Year 1. Before making such a request, parents are strongly advised to read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ document available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed.



In-Year Admissions Admissions mid-year for any year group will be dealt with in accordance with this policy.

1 | P a g e Admissions Policy 2021-22 Portswood Primary School

Portswood Primary School Admissions Policy 2021-2022

This policy will apply to all admissions from 1 September 2021, including in-year admissions. It will be used during 2020-2021 for allocating places for September 2021 as part of the main admission round for Year R.

Portswood Primary School is part of the HISP Multi Academy Trust. The Local Governing Body of the school is the admission authority for Portswood Primary School and will consider first all those applications received by the published deadline of midnight on 15 January 2021. Notifications to parents offering a primary school place will be sent by the Local Authority on 16 April 2021.

The published admission number (PAN) for Portswood Primary School for 2020-2021 is 60.

Applications made after midnight on 15 January 2021 will be considered after all on-time applications have been fully processed unless exceptional circumstances merit consideration alongside on-time applications.

For the normal admission round, all on time preferences will be considered simultaneously and ranked in accordance with the admission criteria. If more than one school can offer a place, the parent’s highest stated available preference will be allocated.

Pupils with an Education, Health and Care Plan Any child with an Education, Health and Care Plan naming Portswood Primary School will be admitted. Where possible such children will be admitted within the PAN.

Oversubscription Criteria When the school is oversubscribed, after the admission of pupils with an Education, Health and Care plan naming the school, priority for admission will be given to children in the following priority order:

1. Looked after children or children who were previously looked after (see definition i).

2. Children subject to a Child Protection Plan or deemed to be vulnerable by the Senior Officer withsafeguarding responsibility within Southampton City Council

3. Children who have a sibling already on the roll of the school who will continue to attend that schoolfor the following year (this includes children living as siblings in the same family unit) (see definition ii).

4. Children whose parents have satisfied the Local Authority that their child has a significant medical orpsychological condition which means they must attend the preferred school rather than any other.Applications must be supported by appropriate written evidence from a doctor or psychologist (seedefinition iii)

5. Children who live within the schools designated catchment area (see definition iv)

6. Other children living outside the designated catchment area


Definitions (i) Looked after children are defined as those who are (a) in the care of a local authority, or (b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services functions (see the definition in section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989). Previously looked children are those who were looked after but immediately after being looked after became subject to an adoption order, child arrangements order, or special guardianship order. An adoption order is an order under section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or section 12 of the Adoption Act 1976. Child arrangements orders are defined in section 8 of the Children Act 1989, as amended by section 12 of the Children and Families Act 2014. Child arrangements orders replace residence orders and any residence order in force prior to 22 April 2014 is deemed to be a child arrangements order. Section 14A of the Children Act 1989 defines a ‘special guardianship order’ as an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian (or special guardians). (ii) ‘Sibling’ refers to brother or sister, half brother or half sister, adoptive brother or adoptive sister, foster brother or foster sister, step brother or step sister living as one family unit at the same address. It will also be applied to situations where a full, half or adopted brother or sister are living at separate addresses. (iii) Applicants will only be considered under this criterion if on the application form (online or paper) they have ticked the appropriate box explicitly indicating that they wish for their application to be considered under medical / psychological need. Priority will be given to those children whose evidence establishes that they have a demonstrable and significant need to attend a particular school. Evidence must confirm the circumstances of the case and must set out why the child should attend a particular school and why no other school could meet the child’s needs. Providing evidence does not guarantee that a child will be given priority at a particular school and in each case a decision will be made based on the merits of the case and whether the evidence demonstrates that a placement should be made at one particular school above any other. (iv) A map of Portswood Primary School’s catchment area is available via Southampton City Council’s website https://www.southampton.gov.uk/schools-learning/find-school/apply-school/catchment-areas.aspx. A schedule of addresses, to be read in conjunction with the map is also kept by the Council. Parents wishing to know if their address is in a particular catchment area can contact the Admissions Team or log on to the council website www.southampton.gov.uk, click on ‘My Southampton’ follow the links and enter their postcode.

Tie-breaker Should a school be oversubscribed from within any of the criteria above, then distance will be used to prioritise applications within these categories. If there are two or more pupils who live identical distances from the school, the decision will be made by casting lots drawn by the Education Lead, Southampton City Council. Distances are measured based on the shortest walking distance using public roads and footpaths. Distances are measured from home to school for all children. These are calculated using a computerised mapping system that uses data supplied by the Ordnance Survey. Distances are measured from the point designated in the system as the home address to the point designated in the system as the mid-point of the nearest open pedestrian gate top the school, using public roads and footpaths.

https://www.southampton.gov.uk/schools-learning/find-school/apply-school/catchment-areas.aspx



ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: Late Applications The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date will be late applications and will dealt with after all on time applicants have been offered a school place. If a school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in accordance with the priorities set out above. Waiting Lists During main round of applications for Year R places for September 2021, a waiting list will be established and maintained centrally by the local authority until 31 August 2021. At all other times, and for other year groups, when all available places have been allocated, waiting lists will be operated by the school. Any places that become available will be offered to the child at the top of the list on the day the place became available. The waiting list is ordered according to the criteria of the admission policy with no account being taken of the length of time on the waiting list or any priority order expressed as part of the main admission round. Fair Access admissions and school closure arrangements will take priority over the waiting list. The waiting list will be reviewed and revised –

• each time a child is added to, or removed from, the waiting list;

• when a child’s changed circumstances affect their priority; • periodically, when parents with a child on the waiting list will be contacted and asked if they wish to

remain on the list for the following school year.

At the time of receiving an application decision for a school place parents will be advised of the process for adding their child’s name to a school’s waiting list. Parents may keep their child’s name on the waiting list of as many schools as they wish.


• Request part-time admission to the allocated school from the September following their child’s fourth birthday. This should be negotiated with the Headteacher of the allocated school.

• Request to defer their child’s entry until later in the school year but not beyond the point at which they reach Compulsory School Age, and not beyond the beginning of the final term of the school year. This should be negotiated with the Headteacher of the allocated school.

• Request to defer their child’s entry until the September following their fifth birthday.


Parents must make an in-year application and the pupil would start in Year 1. Parents of summer born children, that is children born between 1 April and 31 August, may, in addition, choose to send their child to school in the September following their 5th birthday and may request that their child is admitted out of their normal age group to reception year rather than Year 1. Any parent wishing to apply for their summer born child to start school outside their normal age group should read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ document available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed. For all requests it is vital to understand that at each transition (starting reception, moving from infant to junior, primary to secondary, secondary to college) the decision whether to maintain the placement in a younger or older year group must be made by the admission authority for the school. As such, there is no guarantee that it will continue throughout the child’s education and a new parental request must be made before each transition. As a general rule, requests should only be made once per phase transfer, unless there has been a significant change in circumstances. One admission authority cannot be required to honour a decision made by another admission authority on education out of normal age group. Multiple births Where a twin or child from a multiple birth is admitted to a school under this policy then any further twin or child of the same multiple birth will be admitted, if the parents so wish, even though this may raise the number in the year group above the school’s PAN. In-Year Fair Access placements by the local authority The local authority must ensure that all pupils are placed in schools as quickly as possible. It may therefore sometimes be necessary for a pupil to be placed by the local authority, or a local placement panel acting on behalf of the authority, in a particular school even if there is a waiting list for admission. Such placements will be made in accordance with the provisions of the local authority’s In-Year Fair Access Protocol. The Protocol is based on legislation and government guidance. School Closures In the event of a school closure, pupils from the closing school may be given priority for any school nominated as the receiving school. Specific arrangements will be determined by the Local Authority in accordance with the School Admissions Code and will be published at the time for the specific schools affected. In-Year Admissions

Admissions mid-year for any year group will be dealt with in accordance with this policy. Please contact

the current school for an admission application form.

Legislation This policy takes account of all Equalities legislation, together with all relevant regulations and the School Admissions Code (published by the DfE in 2014).

Southampton City Council Admission Policy for Community and Voluntary Controlled Infant and Primary

chools for 2021/22 S Southampton City Council is the admission authority for all Community and Voluntary Controlled infant and primary schools in the city. As required in the School Admissions Code the authority will consider all on-time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions. Parents may express up to three (3) preferences, listing them in the order in which they would accept them. All preferences will be considered and where more than one school could be offered, the parents will be offered a place for their child at the higher ranked of the schools that could be offered. Children with Education, Health and Care Plans (EHCP) that name a school Children with Education, Health and Care Plans (EHCPs) that name a school must be admitted to that school under the Education Act 1996 and with regard to the SEND Code of Practice. These children will be admitted to the named school, even if it is full, and are therefore outside the normal admission arrangements. As required by the Code these children will count as part of the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school.

Oversubscription criteria Applications submitted by 15 January 2021 will be dealt with first. If the number of applications submitted by 15 January 2021 is greater than the PAN for a school, admissions to the school will be decided according to the following priorities:


2. Children subject to a child protection plan or deemed to be vulnerable by the

Senior Officer with responsibility for safeguarding in Southampton City Council.


4. Children whose parents have satisfied the Local Authority that their child has a significant medical or psychological condition which means they must attend the preferred school rather than any other. Applications must be supported by appropriate written evidence from a doctor or psychologist.


6. Children whose parents are applying for their child to attend a Church of

England voluntary controlled school on denominational grounds.


Should a school be oversubscribed from within any of the criteria, then distance, as defined below, will be used to prioritise applications within these categories. Should there be two or more identical distances requiring prioritisation, this will be done by casting lots. Lots will be drawn by the Education Lead, Southampton City Council. Definitions Sibling: This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit. In the case of applications for places at infant schools a sibling at the linked junior school will count as a sibling at the infant school. A sibling is defined as a brother or sister including half, step, foster or adoptive brother or sister, living within the same family unit at the same address. Catchment Area: A “designated catchment area” for a school is the area set out in the definitive catchment area map for each school. This map is held by Southampton City Council, Civic Centre, Southampton SO14 7LY. A schedule of addresses, to be read in conjunction with the map, is also kept by the Council. Parents wishing to know if their address is in a particular catchment area can contact the Admissions Team, or log on to the council website www.southampton.gov.uk, click on “My Southampton”, follow the links, and enter their postcode. Denominational grounds: Evidence of regular church attendance at services held by the Church of England or a local ecumenical partnership (as defined in the school’s prospectus) must be certified by the vicar or someone else of authority in the church. “Regular” is defined as “attending worship services at a Church of England church or local ecumenical partnership at least twice a month for the previous two years before the deadline for admissions set by Southampton City Council.” Adjustment to the criterion due to Covid 19

In the event that during the period specified for attendance at worship the Christian church has been closed for public worship and has not provided alternative premises for that worship, the requirements of these arrangements in relation to attendance will only apply to the period when the church or alternative premises have been available for public worship.

Distance: Distances are measured based on the shortest walking distance using public roads and footpaths. Distances are measured from home to school for all children. These are calculated using a computerised mapping system that uses data supplied by Ordnance Survey. Distances are measured from the point designated in the system as the home address to the point designated in the system as the mid-point of the nearest open pedestrian gate to the school, using public roads and footpaths. Late applications The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date will be late applications and will dealt with after all on time applicants have been offered a school place. If a school has places available after admitting all on-time


applications, late applications will be considered in accordance with the priorities set out above. Unplaced children Any child who remains unplaced after their application has been processed, because either they could not be offered a place at any school requested or their parents did not complete an application, will be offered a place at their catchment school if there is one and if places are still available. If there are no places available at their catchment school, they will be allocated a place at the nearest school to their home address with places available that is prepared to offer a place. Waiting lists If a place cannot be offered at a higher ranked Community or Voluntary Controlled school, unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list for the school. If places become available, children on the waiting list will automatically be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. This means that waiting lists will be re-ranked after every new expression of preference. Waiting lists will be held until 31 July 2022. Any parent wishing to remain on the waiting lists after this date will need to make a new in-year application to the school.


• Request part-time admission to the allocated school from the September following their child’s fourth birthday. This should be negotiated with the headteacher of the allocated school.

• Request to defer their child’s entry until later in the school year but not beyond the point at which they reach Compulsory School Age, and not beyond the beginning of the final term of the school year. This should be negotiated with the headteacher of the allocated school.

• Request to defer their child’s entry until the September following their fifth birthday. Parents must make an in-year application and the pupil would start in Year 1.

Parents of summer-born children, that is children born between 1 April and 31 August, may, in addition, choose to send their child to school in the September following their 5th birthday and may request that their child is admitted out of their normal age group to reception year rather than Year 1. Any parent wishing to request for their summer-born child to start school outside their normal age group should read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ document available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed. For all requests it is vital to understand that at each transition (starting reception, moving from infant to junior, primary to secondary, secondary to college) the decision whether to maintain the placement in a younger or older year group must be made by the admission authority for the school. As such, there is no guarantee that it will continue throughout the child’s education and a new parental request must be made before each transition. As a general rule, requests should only be made once per phase transfer, unless there has been a significant change in circumstances. One admission authority cannot be required to honour a decision made by another admission authority on education out of normal age group. In-Year Admissions Admissions mid-year for any year group will be dealt with in accordance with this policy. Published Admission Numbers* School PAN Bitterne C of E (VC) Primary School 60 Bitterne Park Primary School 90 Fairisle Infant and Nursery School 90 Mansel Park Primary School 60 Mason Moor Primary School 30 Newlands Primary School 60 Oakwood Primary School 60 Redbridge Primary School 30 Shirley Warren LC Primary and Nursery School 60 Sinclair Primary and Nursery School 30 St Mark’s CofE (VC) Primary School 60 St Mary’s CofE (VC) Primary School 90 St Monica Primary School 90 Valentine Primary School 90 Woolston Infant School 60

*At the time of publication, the schools listed above were using the SCC Admissions Policy and appropriate PAN. Please note that this list is subject to change. The Council website has the most up to date information on school status (academisation etc.) and amendments to PANs that may have taken place in accordance with admissions legislation or school organisation decisions since publication.

THIS MAY NOT BE THE MOST RECENT VERSION OF THIS DOCUMENT IF YOU HAVE NOT ACCESSED IT DIRECTLY FROM OUR SCHOOL WEBSITE.

‘Every Child, Every Chance, Every Day’

Reviewed By Jo Glenton, Admissions Consultant Policy Owner November 2019

Determined by Peter Gould & Governing Body Governor December 2019

NEXT REVIEW March 2021

The Hamwic Education Trust is the Admission Authority for the school and delegates the processing of admissions to the governing body. As required in the School Admissions Code, the governing body will consider all on-time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions.





Shirley Infant School will admit up to 90 children to Year R in September 2021. This will be the Published Admissions Number for this year group.



1. Children in public care (looked after children) and previously looked after children as definedby section 1.7 of the School Admissions Code.

Admission Policy 2021/22



3. Children who have a brother or sister already on the roll of the school who will continue to attend that school for the following year. (This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit.) In the case of applications for places at infant schools a sibling at the linked junior school (Shirley Junior School) will count as a sibling at the infant school.








If the school i s oversubscribed from within criteria 5(i), then distance, as defined in 5(ii) above will be used to prioritise applications. Should there be two or more identical distances requiring prioritisation, this will be done by casting lots.

Late Applications The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date will be late applications. If the school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in· accordance with the priorities set out above. Waiting Lists If a place cannot be offered at Shirley Infant School, unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list. If places become available, children on the waiting list will be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on-time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. Each time a child is added to the waiting list, the waiting list will be re-ranked according to the Admissions Policy criteria. The waiting list will be held until 31st July 2022. Any parent wishing to remain on the waiting list after this date will need to make a new in-year application to the school.

THIS MAY NOT BE THE MOST RECENT VERSION OF THIS DOCUMENT IF YOU HAVE NOT ACCESSED IT DIRECTLY FROM OUR SCHOOL WEBSITE. Entry into Reception Year The offer made to parents for reception class on the initial offer date is of a full time place from the start of term in September. Schools normally stagger entry into school from that date and arrange for some initial part-time attendance to ensure a smooth transition from pre-school or home into school. Flexibilities exist for those parents who do not feel that their child is ready to start school in the September following their fourth birthday. It is possible for them to:

Request part-time admission to the allocated school from the September following the child’s fourth birthday. This should be negotiated with the headteacher of the school. Request to defer their child’s entry until later in the school year but not beyond the point at which they reach Compulsory school age, and not beyond the beginning of the final term of the school year. Request to defer their child’s entry until the September following their fifth birthday. Parents must make an in-year application and the pupil would start in Year One.

Parents of summer-born children, that is children born between 1st April and 31st August, may, in addition, choose to send their child to school in the September following their 5th birthday and may request that their child is admitted out of their normal age group to reception year rather than Year 1. Any parent wishing to apply for their summer-born child to start school outside their normal age group should read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ Booklet, available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed. For all requests it is vital to understand that at each transition (starting reception, moving from infant to junior, primary to secondary, secondary to college) the decision whether to maintain the placement in a younger or older year group must be made by the admission authority for the school. As such, there is no guarantee that it will continue throughout the child’s education and a new parental request must be made before each transition. As a general rule, requests should only be made once per phase transfer, unless there has been a significant change in circumstances.


Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme Shirley Infant School fully participates in the LA published co-ordinated admissions scheme. T he governors have delegated the management of the waiting list to the LA Admissions Team during the normal admission round. The waiting list will be passed to the school on 1st September 2021.


SHIRLEY INFANT - CATCHMENT ROAD LIST

STREET HOUSE NOs. ATHERLEY COURT BELLEMOOR ROAD BOURNE AVENUE BRANKSOME AVENUE BRIDLINGTON AVENUE BURGESS ROAD 2-68 (EVENS) COLEBROOK AVENUE CRANBOURNE CLOSE DARLINGTON GARDENS DAWLISH AVENUE EASTBOURNE AVENUE EVELYN CRESCENT FUCHSIA GARDENS HANLEY ROAD HARLAND CRESCENT HILL LANE 206-358 / 153-165 KELLETT ROAD KINETON ROAD LEICESTER ROAD LINCOLN COURT LUCCOMBE PLACE LUCCOMBE ROAD MELROSE ROAD MORLAND ROAD NORCROFT COURT PENTIRE AVENUE PENTIRE WAY PEWSEY PLACE PIRRIE CLOSE QUEENS ROAD RADWAY CRESCENT RADWAY ROAD RAYMOND ROAD Odds only SHANKLIN CRESCENT SHANKLIN ROAD SHAYER ROAD SOUTH VIEW ROAD ST. JAMES CLOSE ST. JAMES ROAD Evens only TWYFORD AVENUE UPPER SHIRLEY AVENUE WARWICK ROAD WILTON CRESCENT WILTON GARDENS WILTON ROAD WINCHESTER ROAD 215-331 (odds only) WINCHESTER ROAD Norcroft Court

SHOLING INFANT SCHOOL

ADMISSIONS POLICY

2021/22

The Hamwic Education Trust is the Admission Authority for the school and delegates the processing of admissions to the governing body. As required in the School Admissions Code, the governing body will consider all on-time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions. Parents may express up to three (3) preferences, listing them in the order in which they would accept them. All preferences will be considered and where more than one school could be offered, the parents will be offered a place for their child at the highest ranked of the schools that could be offered. Children with statements of special educational needs (SEN) / Education, Health and Care Plan (EHCP) that name the school Children with statements of special educational needs or EHCPs that name a school must be admitted to that school under the Education Act 1996 and with regard to the SEN Code of Practice. These children will be admitted to the named school, even if it is full, and are therefore outside the normal admission arrangements. As required by the Code these children will count as part of the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school. Published Admission Number Sholing Infant School will admit up to 90 children to Year R in September 2021. This will be the Published Admissions Number for this year group. Oversubscription criteria Applications submitted by 15 January 2021 will be dealt with first. If the number of applications submitted by 15 January 2021 is greater than the Published Admission Number (PAN) for a school, admissions to the school will be decided according to the following priorities:



attend that school for the following year. (This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit.) In the case of applications for places at infant schools a sibling at the linked junior school (Sholing Junior School) will count as a sibling at the infant school.









Late Applications The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date will be late applications. If the school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in· accordance with the priorities set out above. Waiting Lists If a place cannot be offered at Sholing Infant School, unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list. If places become available, children on the waiting list will be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on-time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. Each time a child is added to the waiting list, the waiting list will be re-ranked according to the Admissions Policy criteria. The waiting list will be held until 31st July 2022. Any parent wishing to remain on the waiting list after this date will need to make a new in-year application to the school. Entry into Reception Year The offer made to parents for reception class on the initial offer date is of a full time place from the start of term in September. Schools normally stagger entry into school from that date and arrange for some initial part-time attendance to ensure a smooth transition from pre-school or home into school. Flexibilities exist for those parents who do not feel that their child is ready to start school in the September following their fourth birthday. It is possible for them to:


Parents of summer-born children, that is children born between 1st April and 31st August, may, in addition, choose to send their child to school in the September following their 5th birthday and may request that their child is admitted out of their normal age group to reception year rather than Year 1. Any parent wishing to apply for their summer-born child to start school outside their normal age group should read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ Booklet, available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed. Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme Sholing Infant School fully participates in the LA published co-ordinated admissions scheme. T he governors have delegated the management of the waiting list to the LA Admissions Team during the normal admission round. The waiting list will be passed to the school on 1st September 2021.

SHOLING INFANT CATCHMENT ROAD LIST

STREET NAME HOUSE NUMBERS STREET NAME HOUSE NUMBERS

ACACIA ROAD TORRINGTON CLOSE BLACKTHORN CLOSE VOKES CLOSE BLACKTHORN ROAD WINGATE DRIVE BRACKLESHAM CLOSE CALDERWOOD CLOSE CAVERSHAM CLOSE COMPASS CLOSE CORNEL ROAD CYPRESS AVENUE DEACON ROAD ODDS only FIRTREE WAY FRANKLYN AVENUE FREEMANTLE CLOSE FREEMANTLE COMMON ROAD FURZE CLOSE FURZE ROAD GAMBLE CLOSE HEATH ROAD KENSON GARDENS KERSLEY GARDENS LAVENDER CLOSE LIME AVENUE LIME CLOSE LOANE ROAD MAGNOLIA ROAD MARGAM AVENUE MERRYOAK GREEN MERRYOAK ROAD MERSEA GARDENS MIDDLE ROAD MILLERS POND GARDENS MORLEY CLOSE OLD SCHOOL CLOSE OREGON CLOSE PANGBOURNE CLOSE PEMBROKE ROAD PINEGROVE ROAD POPLAR ROAD PYCROFT CLOSE ROSOMAN ROAD SHOLING ROAD 68-154 SOUTH EAST CRESCENT SOUTH EAST ROAD 1-115 / 2-80 SPRING CLOSE SPRING ROAD 1-129 / 106-278 ST AUBINS AVENUE STATION ROAD 65-73 / 62-84 THE OAKS

Original consultation December 2019 - January 2020 Determined February 2020 Reviewed February 2020

Page 1 of 8

Newman Catholic Academy Trust Springhill Catholic Primary School

Admissions Policy 2021-22

Springhill Catholic Primary School was founded by the Catholic Church to provide education for children of Catholic families. Whenever there are more applications than places available, priority will be given to Catholic children in accordance with the oversubscription criteria listed below. The school is conducted by its governing body as part of the Catholic Church in accordance with its trust deed and articles of association, and seeks at all times to be a witness to Our Lord Jesus Christ. As a Catholic school, we aim to provide a Catholic education for all our pupils. At a Catholic school, Catholic doctrine and practice permeate every aspect of the school’s activity. It is essential that the Catholic character of the school’s education be fully supported by all families in the school. We therefore hope that all parents will give their full, unreserved and positive support for the aims and ethos of the school. This does not affect the right of an applicant who is not Catholic to apply for and be admitted to a place at the school in accordance with the admission arrangements.

This policy will be used during 2021-22 for allocating places in September 2021 and will apply to all admissions from 1 September 2021.

The Directors will admit to the school the published admission number (PAN) of 90 children to be arranged in classes of 30 children per class.

ALL applications are considered equally against our oversubscription criteria, irrespective of the order of preference expressed on the Common Application Form available online.

Springhill Catholic Primary School was founded by the Catholic Church to provide education for children of Catholic families. Whenever there are more applications than places available, priority will be given to Catholic children in accordance with the oversubscription criteria listed below. The school is conducted by its governing body as part of the Catholic Church in accordance with its trust deed and articles of association, and seeks at all times to be a witness to Our Lord Jesus Christ. As a Catholic school, we aim to provide a Catholic education for all our pupils. At a Catholic school, Catholic doctrine and practice permeate every aspect of the school’s activity. It is essential that the Catholic character of the school’s education be fully supported by all families in the school. We therefore hope that all parents will give their full, unreserved and positive support for the aims and ethos of the school. This does not affect the right of an applicant who is not Catholic to apply for and be admitted to a place at the school in accordance with the admission arrangements.

Springhill Catholic Primary School is an Academy Trust in the Diocese of Portsmouth. The Academy Trust is the Admission Authority and is responsible for determining the school’s Admission Policy which is reviewed annually. This policy has been reviewed in accordance with the Schools Admissions Code (December 2014). All applications for reception class entry in the normal admissions round are coordinated by Southampton City Council.


Page 2 of 8

Pupils with an Education, Health and Care Plan or a Statement of Special Educational Needs The admission of pupils with a Statement of Educational Needs or an Education, Health and Care Plan is dealt with by a completely separate procedure. Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs or Education, Health and Care Plan that names the school must be admitted. Where this takes place before the allocation of places under these arrangements this will reduce the number of places available to other children.

Oversubscription Criteria Should the school be oversubscribed, the Directors will consider applications in the following order of priority: 1. Baptised Catholic looked after children or baptised Catholic previously looked after children (children in or previously in Local Authority care) 2. Baptised Catholic children with a sibling on roll at time of admission 3. Baptised Catholic children resident in the Southampton parishes of St. Boniface, St. Joseph/St Edmund and the Immaculate Conception 4. Other looked after or previously looked after children (children in, or previously in, Local Authority care) 5. Children of staff at the school 6. Other children with a sibling on roll at the time of admission 7. Other baptised Catholic children 8. Baptised or dedicated children of other Christian denominations whose membership is evidenced by a minister of religion 9. Unbaptised children of baptised Catholic parent(s) 10. All other children who are not covered by the above categories Please see pages 4 & 5 for full list of definitions Tie Break Should there be more applicants than places available in any of the above categories then priority will be given to children who live nearest our school. Distance will be measured by the shortest walking route from the front door of the child’s home address (including flats) to the main entrance of the school, using Southampton City Council’s GIS, with those living closer to the school receiving the higher priority. In the event of distances being the same for two or more children where this would determine the last place to be allocated, random allocation will be carried out and supervised by a person independent of the school. All the names will be entered into a hat and the required number of names will be drawn out.


Page 3 of 8

Supplementary Information Form (SIF) The supplementary form is used to collect the information required to enable us to allocate places if the school is oversubscribed. Please provide the requested information and documentation to support the supplementary form. Criteria 1-3 & 7 Copy of child’s Catholic baptismal certificate or statement from the Parish in which the reception took place that the child has been received into the Catholic Church. Criteria 8 Copy of child’s Christian Baptismal or dedication certificate, and, for churches that are not members of Churches Together in England or CYTÛN, a supporting letter from the Church. See ‘Other Christian Faiths’ below. Criteria 9 Copy of parent’s Catholic baptismal certificate Any supporting information provided must be legible and it is important that we are able to identify and verify the church/parish. Failure to provide the information required in the SIF, the relevant supporting information, as listed above, and any additional information to verify the church/parish, will result in your child being considered under criterion 10, and this is likely to affect your child’s chance of being offered a place Procedure for making an application for Year R To apply for a place at this school in the normal admission round, you must complete a Common Application Form available from the local authority in which you live. You should also complete the Supplementary Information Form attached to this policy. The Supplementary Information Form along with the requested supporting documentation outlined below should be returned to the school office. You will be advised of the outcome of your application on 16th April or the next working day, by the local authority on our behalf. If you are unsuccessful (unless your child gained a place at a school you ranked higher) you will be informed of the reasons, related to the oversubscription criteria listed above, and you have the right of appeal to an independent appeal panel. All applications which are submitted on time will be considered at the same time and after the closing date for admissions which is 15th January 2021. Late Applications Applications that are received after the deadline will not be considered until all on-time applications have been processed. In Year Admissions Applications that arrive during the school year will be responded to promptly and in accordance with the criteria. We will notify the Local Authority of both the application and its outcome. Waiting List Parents who wish their child to be included on the waiting list for any particular year group that is over subscribed must inform the school in writing. Every time a child is added the list will be ranked again in line with the published oversubscription criteria and with reference to the Fair Access Protocol. Any places that become available will be allocated in accordance with the admissions criteria (and not according to the date the application was received). Parents will be contacted annually to ascertain if they still want the child’s name to remain on the list. If no response is received, the child will be removed from the waiting list. Inclusion in the school’s waiting list does not mean that a place will eventually become available.


Page 4 of 8

Admission of Children Below Compulsory School Age and Deferred Entry A child is entitled to a full-time place in the September following their fourth birthday. A child’s parents may defer the date at which their child, below compulsory school age, is admitted to the school, until later in the school year but not beyond the point at which they reach compulsory school age, or beyond the beginning of the final term of the school year for which an offer was made. A child may take up a part-time place until later in the school year, but not beyond the point at which the child reaches compulsory school age. Upon receipt of the offer of a place a parent should notify the school, as soon as possible, that they wish to either defer their child’s entry to the school or take up a part-time place.

Admission of Children outside their Normal Age Group A request may be made for a child to be admitted outside of their normal age group, for example, if the child is gifted and talented or has experienced problems such as ill health. In addition, the parents of a summer born child, i.e. a child born between 1st April and 31st August, may request that the child be admitted out of their normal age group, to reception rather than year 1. Any such request should be made in writing to the school office at the same time as the admission application is made. The governing body will make its decision about the request based on the circumstances of each case and in the best interests of the child. In addition to taking into account the views of the head teacher, including the head teacher’s statutory responsibility for the internal organisation, management and control of the school, the governing body will take into account the views of the parents and of appropriate medical and education professionals, as appropriate. If granted approval for admission outside of the child’s normal age range, the school will notify the parent and the local authority. The parent will then need to apply for an out of normal age group admission for a Reception Year place in the following year as part of that years application process (ie by the following January), and that application will be considered in line with the admission policy for that year alongside all other on-time applications. Please note: Parents should be aware that if they are allowed to apply for a place outside their child’s normal age group, this is not a guarantee of a place at their preferred school. Their application will be considered along with the other applications made for children in the correct age group for that year and places will be offered strictly according to the admission criteria for the school. If the school to which the parent has applied is unable to offer a place to a child outside their normal age group, neither the Local Authority, or any other admission authority, are under any obligation to honour the agreement made by another admission authority to admit a child to a year group outside the normal age group. This means that if a parent is unsuccessful in an application outside their child’s normal age group, their child could be placed straight into a Year 1 class (their correct age group) at another school resulting in the child missing up to a year of education. Definitions Looked after or previously looked after children (children in, or previously in, Local Authority care): A ‘looked after child’ has the same meaning as in section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989, and means any child who is (a) in the care of a local authority or (b) being provided with accommodation by them in the exercise of their social services functions (e.g. children with foster parents) at the time of making application to the school. Catholic: ‘Catholic’ means a member of a Church in full communion with the See of Rome. This includes the Eastern Catholic Churches. This will normally be evidenced by a certificate of baptism in a Catholic Church or a certificate of reception into the full communion of the Catholic Church. For a child to be treated as Catholic, evidence of Catholic baptism or reception into the Church will be required and the child must have been baptised prior to the closing date for applications. Those who have difficulty obtaining written evidence of baptism should contact their parish priest who, can consult with the diocesan Catholic Academies and Schools Office if they need further guidance.


Page 5 of 8

Resident in the Southampton parishes of St. Boniface, St. Joseph/St Edmund and the Immaculate Conception: refers to the parish in which the child’s ‘home address’ falls. This may differ from the parish in which you worship. Maps that outline the parish boundaries are available from your parish or the school office, and a list of the parish boundaries is also available on the school website. A child’s “home address” refers to the address where the child usually lives with a parent or carer and will be the address provided in the Common Application Form (“CAF”). Where parents have shared responsibility for a child, and the child lives for part of the week with each parent, the home address will be the address given in the CAF, provided that the child resides at that address for any part of the school week. Children of staff at the school: where the member of staff is employed by the Directors of the school and has been employed at the school for two or more years at the time at which the application for admission to the school is made, or where the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage. Other Christian faith traditions: children who belong to other churches and ecclesial communities which, acknowledging God’s revelation in Christ, confess the Lord Jesus Christ as God and Saviour according to the Scriptures, and, in obedience to God’s will and in the power of the Holy Spirit commit themselves: to seek a deepening of their communion with Christ and with one another in the Church, which is his body; and to fulfil their mission to proclaim the Gospel by common witness and service in the world to the glory of the one God, Father, Son and Holy Spirit. An ecclesial community which on principle has no credal statements in its tradition, is included if it manifests faith in Christ as witnessed to in the Scriptures and is committed to working in the spirit of the above. All members of Churches Together in England (as listed at www.cte.org.uk) and of CYTUN (as listed at (www.cytun.org.uk) are deemed to be included in the above definition, as are all other churches and ecclesial communities that are in membership of any local Churches Together Group (by whatever title) on the above basis. Where a church is not a member of ‘Churches Together in England’ or CYTUN, a letter from the church confirming that the Church fulfils the above definition will be required. Sibling: refers to brother or sister including: (i) all natural brothers or sisters, half brothers or sisters, adopted brothers or sisters, stepbrothers or sisters, foster brothers or sisters, whether or not they are living at the same address; and (ii) the child of a parent’s partner where that child lives for at least part of the week in the same family unit at the same home address as the child who is the subject of the application. Parent: means all natural parents, any person who is not a parent but has parental responsibility for a child, and any person who has care of a child.

Fair Access Protocol The school is committed to taking its fair share of children who are vulnerable and/or hard to place, as set out in locally agreed protocols. Accordingly, outside the normal admission round the governing body is empowered to give absolute priority to a child where admission is requested under any locally agreed protocol. The governing body has this power, even when admitting the child would mean exceeding the published admission number (subject to the infant class size exceptions).

http://www.cte.org.uk/

http://www.cytun.org.uk/


Page 6 of 8

Right of Appeal

Any parent or guardian who has been refused a school place for their child has the right to appeal to an independent appeal panel.

The school follows the Southampton City council appeals process and timetable, further information on which can be obtained from the school office or Southampton City Council website (https://www.southampton.gov.uk/schools-learning/find-school/apply-school/offered-place/appeals.aspx).

Allocation of places in infant classes Infant classes (those where the majority of children will reach the age of 5,6 or 7 during the school year) must not contain more than 30 pupils with a single teacher. However, in the following exceptional circumstances additional children can be admitted to infant classes: children admitted outside the normal admissions round with statements of special educational needs or Education, Health and Care Plans specifying a school; looked after children and previously looked after children admitted outside the normal admissions round; children admitted, after initial allocation of places, because of a procedural error made by the admission authority or local authority in the original application process; children admitted after an independent appeals panel upholds an appeal; children who move into the area outside the normal admissions round for whom there is no other available school within reasonable distance; children of UK service personnel admitted outside the normal admissions round; children whose twin or sibling from a multiple birth is admitted otherwise than as an excepted pupil; children with special educational needs who are normally taught in a special educational needs unit attached to the school, or registered at a special school, who attend some infant classes within the mainstream school. In all the above circumstances the children remain excepted pupils for the time they remain in an infant class or until numbers in the class fall back to 30.

https://www.southampton.gov.uk/schools-learning/find-school/apply-school/offered-place/appeals.aspx


Page 7 of 8

Springhill Catholic Primary School SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM: 2021/22

This form is used to collect the information required to enable us to allocate places if the school is oversubscribed, according to the criteria listed on our Admission Policy 2021/22. It should be returned to the school with any supporting documentation (please see below), by the closing date, when applying for a school place in Year R September 2021. Completion of this form is not obligatory but failure to do so means that your application can only be considered on the basis of the information provided on the local authority Common Application Form or In Year application form which must be completed. Child’s surname: ________________________________________ Male/Female Child’s first names: ______________________ _____ Date of Birth: ________ ___ Address: _______ _______________________________________ Postcode : _______________ Telephone No.______ ___________ E-mail address___________________________ Please tick one box relevant to your application. This information enables us to operate our admissions policy 1. Baptised Catholic looked after children or baptised Catholic previously looked

after children (children in or previously in Local Authority care)

2. Baptised Catholic children with a sibling on roll at the time of admission Sibling Class _________

3. Baptised Catholic children resident in the Southampton parishes of St. Boniface, St. Joseph/St Edmund and the Immaculate Conception

4. Other looked after or previously looked after children (children in, or previously in, Local Authority care)

5. Children of staff at the school 6. Other children with a sibling on roll at the time of admission

Sibling Class _________

7. Other baptised Catholic children 8. Baptised or dedicated children of other Christian faiths 9. Unbaptised children of baptised Catholic parent(s) 10. All other children who are not covered by the above categories

Documentation Required in Support of your application Criteria 1-3 & 7 Copy of child’s Catholic baptismal certificate or statement from the Parish in

which the reception took place that the child has been received into the Catholic Church. Attached Yes/No

Criteria 8 Copy of child’s Christian baptismal Attached Yes/No or dedication certificate

Criteria 9 Copy of parent’s Catholic baptismal certificate Attached Yes/No Please provide the requested information and/or documentation to support the supplementary form. If this information is not provided your child’s application will be considered under criterion 10. Name of Parent/Guardian ________________________ Relationship to child_____________ Signature of Parent/Guardian ___________________________ Date ____________________


Page 8 of 8

In compliance with the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) and the Data Protection Act 2018, we wish to ensure that you are aware of the purpose for which we collect and process the data we have asked you to provide on this form.

1. Springhill Catholic Primary School is part of the Newman Catholic Academy Trust. The Trust is the Data Controller.

2. Being a Catholic education provider, we work closely with the School’s Diocesan Authority, the School’s Trustees, the Local Authority, the Catholic Education Service and the Department for Education, and may share the information you provide on this application form if we consider it is necessary in order to fulfil our functions.

3. The Data Protection Officer is responsible for data protection within our organisation. You may contact the DPO via the school office should you have any questions regarding the handling of the data.

4. We require the information we have requested for reasons relating to our functions as the admission authority of the School.

5. It is necessary for us to process personal data for the performance of a task carried out in the public interest or in the exercise of official authority vested in the controller (Article 6(1)(e) of the GDPR).

6. To the extent that you have shared any special categories of data this will not be shared with any third parties except as detailed in paragraph 2 above, unless a legal obligation should arise.

7. It is necessary for us to process special category data for the performance of a task carried out in the public interest or in the exercise of official authority vested in the controller (Article 6(1)(e) of the GDPR). Additionally, processing is necessary for reasons of substantial public interest on the basis of Union or Member State law which is proportionate to the aim pursued and which contains appropriate safeguards (Article 9(2)(g) of the GDPR).

8. If the application is successful, the information you have provided on this form will be migrated to the School’s enrolment system, and the data will be retained and processed on the basis of the School’s fair processing notice and data protection policies which apply to that data.

9. If the application is unsuccessful, the application form and any documents submitted in support of the application will be destroyed after a period of 12 months. If you are placed on the school waiting list, we will write to you before the end of the 12 month period, and annually thereafter, requesting your consent for your child to remain on the waiting list and for their data to continue to be stored. The school may keep a simple record of all applications and their outcome as part of their permanent archives in accordance with the School’s data retention policy.

10. To read about individual rights and/or to complain about how we have collected and processed the information you have provided on this form, you can make a complaint to our organisation by contacting the Headteacher. If you are unhappy with how your complaint has been handled, you can contact the Information Commissioners Office via their website at: ico.org.uk.

1 St Denys Primary School Admissions Policy 2021- 2022

St Denys Primary School is part of the REACH Cooperative Trust. The Governing Body (GB) of the school is the admission authority for the school. As required in the School Admissions Code, the GB will consider all on time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions. Parents may express up to three (3) preferences, listing them in the order in which they would accept them. All preferences will be considered and where more than one school could be offered, the parents will be offered a place for their child at the highest ranked of the schools that could be offered. Published Admission Number (PAN) St Denys Primary School will admit up to 30 pupils to Year R in September 2021. Children with Education, Health and Care Plans (EHCP) that name a school Children with Education, Health and Care Plans (EHCPs) that name a school must be admitted to that school under the Education Act 1996 and with regard to the SEND Code of Practice. These children will be admitted to the named school, even if it is full, and are therefore outside the normal admission arrangements. As required by the Code these children will count as part of the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school.








Should a school be oversubscribed from within any of the criteria, then distance, as

https://www.google.com/url?sa=i&url=http://www.schoolswire.co.uk/public/stdenys871.html&psig=AOvVaw2jQd0gWW_gknsng8dkmeG-&ust=1571479477993000&source=images&cd=vfe&ved=0CAIQjRxqFwoTCKiA67PHpeUCFQAAAAAdAAAAABAF

2

defined below, will be used to prioritise applications within these categories. Should there be two or more identical distances requiring prioritisation, this will be done by casting lots. Lots will be drawn independently by the Education Lead, Southampton City Council. Definitions Sibling: This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit. A sibling is defined as a brother or sister including half, step, foster or adoptive brother or sister, living within the same family unit at the same address. Catchment Area: A “designated catchment area” for a school is the area set out in the definitive catchment area map for each school. This map is held by Southampton City Council, Civic Centre, Southampton SO14 7LY. A schedule of addresses, to be read in conjunction with the map, is also kept by the Council. Parents wishing to know if their address is in a particular catchment area can contact the Admissions Team, or log on to the council website www.southampton.gov.uk, click on “My Southampton”, follow the links, and enter their postcode. Distance: Distances are measured based on the shortest walking distance using public roads and footpaths. Distances are measured from home to school for all children. These are calculated using a computerised mapping system that uses data supplied by Ordnance Survey. Distances are measured from the point designated in the system as the home address to the point designated in the system as the mid-point of the nearest open pedestrian gate to the school, using public roads and footpaths. Late applications The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date will be late applications and will dealt with after all on time applicants have been offered a school place. If a school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in accordance with the priorities set out above. Waiting lists If a place cannot be offered at St Denys Primary School, all unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list. If places become available, children on the waiting list will be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. This means that waiting lists will be re-ranked after every new expression of preference. The waiting list will be held until 31 July 2022. Any parent wishing to remain on the waiting list after this date will need to make a new in-year application to the school.



3





Parents of summer-born children, that is children born between 1 April and 31 August, may, in addition, choose to send their child to school in the September following their 5th birthday and may request that their child is admitted out of their normal age group to reception year rather than Year 1. Any parent wishing to request for their summer-born child to start school outside their normal age group should read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ document available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed. For all requests it is vital to understand that at each transition (starting reception, moving from infant to junior, primary to secondary, secondary to college) the decision whether to maintain the placement in a younger or older year group must be made by the admission authority for the school. As such, there is no guarantee that it will continue throughout the child’s education and a new parental request must be made before each transition. As a general rule, requests should only be made once per phase transfer, unless there has been a significant change in circumstances. One admission authority cannot be required to honour a decision made by another admission authority on education out of normal age group. In-Year Admissions Admissions mid-year for any year group will be dealt with in accordance with this policy.


4


ADMISSION POLICY 2021/2022 The Governing Body of St Patrick’s Catholic Primary School is the

Admission Authority for the school and has an equal preference admissions policy. This means all applicants will be considered equally against our

over-subscription criteria regardless of the order of school listed on the Common Application Form (CAF)

Our Published Admission Number is 60.

Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs / EHC Plan which names St Patrick’s in the statement will be admitted to the school and will count towards the admission number

IF THERE ARE MORE APPLICATIONS THAN PLACES AVAILABLE CHILDREN WILL BE ADMITTED IN THE FOLLOWING CATEGORY ORDER:

1. Catholic looked after children or Catholic previously looked after children2. Catholic children with a sibling on roll at the time of admission3. Catholic children living in the Parish families of Hedge End, Netley, Southampton St Patrick, Southampton

Christ the King and St Colman and Southampton Immaculate Conception.4. Catholic children living in Parishes other than those listed in Category 35. Other looked after children or previously looked after children6. Other children with a sibling on roll at the time of admission7. Children whose parent(s) are Catholics8. Children of other Christian denominations9. Children of other faith traditions10. Children who do not come under any of the above categories

Our school follows the ethos of the Catholic faith. We ask all parents applying for a place here to respect this ethos and its importance to the school community. This does not affect the right of non-Catholic parents to apply to the school.

EVIDENCE REQUIRED IN SUPPORT OF AN APPLICATION:

As well as applying to Southampton City Council School Admissions, all applications to St Patrick’s Catholic Primary School MUST be made using our Supplementary Information Form (SIF)

Category 1: Baptism certificate of child OR letter from a priest confirming reception into the Catholic Church and copy of adoption/child arrangement/special guardianship order

Category 2: Baptism certificate of child OR letter from a priest confirming reception into the Catholic Church Category 3: Baptism certificate of child OR letter from a priest confirming reception into the Catholic Church

and proof of permanent address, eg a utilities bill Category 4: Baptism certificate of child OR letter from a priest confirming reception into the Catholic Church

and proof of permanent address, eg a utilities bill Category 5: Copy of adoption/child arrangement/special guardianship order Category 6: No documentation required Category 7: Baptism certificate of parent OR letter from a priest confirming reception into the Catholic Church Category 8: Baptism/dedication certificate of child or letter from church or faith leader confirming

membership Category 9: Baptism/dedication certificate of child or letter from church or faith leader confirming

membership Category 10 No documentation required

NB: Please provide the requested information /documentation to support the supplementary form or your application will be considered under criterion 10.

DEFINITIONS A looked after child has the same meaning as in Section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989 and means any

child who is (a) in the care of a local authority, or (b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services function (e.g. child with foster parents) at the time of making an application to a school.

Previously looked after children are children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted .This includes children who were adopted under the Adoption Act 1976 (see section 12 adoption orders) and children who were adopted under the Adoption and Childrens Act 2002 (see section 46 adoption orders) or became subject to a child arrangements order18 or special guardianship order19). Child arrangements orders are defined in s.8 of the Children Act 1989, as amended by s.12 of the Children and Families Act 2014. Child arrangements orders replace residence orders and any residence order in force prior to 22 April 2014 is deemed to be a child arrangements order. Section 14A of the Children Act 1989 defines a ‘special guardianship order’ as an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian (or special guardians).”

A Catholic is a baptised member of a church in communion with the See of Rome, or a person received into the Catholic Church.

Maps and road names detailing the areas of the Parishes of Woolston, Bitterne, Netley, West End,

Hedge End can be viewed in Pages 114 to 119 at this link http://www.portsmouthdiocese.org.uk/docs/201607-Parish-Boundary-Map.pdf

Other Christian denominations are:

o Children who belong to other churches and ecclesial communities which, acknowledging God’s

revelation in Christ, confess the Lord Jesus Christ as God and Saviour according to the Scriptures, and, in obedience to God’s will and in the power of the Holy Spirit commit themselves: to seek a deepening of their communion with Christ and with one another in the Church, which is his body; and to fulfil their mission to proclaim the Gospel by common witness and service in the world to the glory of the one God, Father, Son and Holy Spirit. An ecclesial community which on principle has no credal statements in its tradition, is included if it manifests faith in Christ as witnessed to in the Scriptures and is committed to working in the spirit of the above.

o All members of Churches Together in England and of CYTUN are deemed to be included in the above definition, as are all other churches and ecclesial communities that are in membership of any local Churches Together Group (by whatever title) on the above basis.

Members of Other Faiths are children who are members of a religious community that does not fall within the definition of ‘other Christian denominations’ at 6 above and which falls within the definition of a religion for the purposes of charity law. The Charities Act 2011 defines religion to include:

A religion which involves belief in more than one God, and

A religion which does not involve belief in a God. Case law has identified certain characteristics which describe the meaning of religion for the purposes of charity law, which are characterised by a belief in a supreme being and an expression of belief in that supreme being through worship. Evidence of membership should be a statement of membership made on a letter from a faith leader.

A sibling is brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister,

http://www.portsmouthdiocese.org.uk/docs/201607-Parish-Boundary-Map.pdf

TIE-BREAKER Should there be more applicants than places available in any of the above categories, priority will be given to those who live closest to the school. Distance from home to school will be the shortest walking distance measured by public roads and footpaths from the front door of the child’s permanent home to the main entrance of the school, using a computerised mapping system with data supplied by Ordnance Survey. In the unlikely event of the distance between two children’s homes and the school being the same, random allocation will be used which will be supervised by the Headteacher of one of our cluster Catholic schools.

ADMISSION OF TWINS, TRIPLETS OR OTHER CHILDREN OF MULTIPLE BIRTHS In the event that the last pupil to be offered a place within the school’s PAN is a child from a multiple birth or same cohort sibling then the Admissions Authority has the discretion to treat this as an exceptional case and may admit all the children in order not to split the family.

LATE APPLICATIONS Applications that arrive after the deadline will not be considered until all on-time applications have been processed and outcomes notified.

STARTING SCHOOL A child is entitled to a full-time place in the September following their fourth birthday. Parents may defer entry until later in the same academic year, or until the term in which the child reaches compulsory school age. Parents can also request that their child attends part-time until the child reaches compulsory school age (5 years old). This will mean that the place is held for that child and is not available to be offered to another child. If a parent wishes to defer their child’s admission to a later academic year, they will have to reapply during the appropriate admissions round.

PROCEDURE FOR APPLYING FOR A YEAR R PLACE All families must complete their home Local Authority’s (LA’s) Common Application Form (CAF) which for Southampton families can be accessed online at: www.southampton.gov.uk/learning/applyingforaschool This form must be submitted by midnight 14th January 2021. In addition, the school’s Supplementary Information Form (SIF) should be completed and returned to the school, together with supporting documentation, by the same date. Without the SIF, an application can only be considered on the basis of the information provided on the LA’s common application form. SIFs are available from the school office or may be downloaded from the school’s website. The home LA admissions team will notify parents of the outcome of their applications, by letter or by electronic means on 16th April 2021. They will be considered in accordance with the admission criteria and parents informed of places by their home LA.

ENTRY OUT OF NORMAL AGE GROUP Parents may choose to seek places outside of their child’s chronological (correct) year group. Decelerated Entry to school Parents of children with birthdays between 1st April and 31st August 2017 (inclusive), may wish to request deferred admission to Year R to September 2022. If parents wish to decelerate their child’s admission to school, they should submit a written request to the governors stating clearly why they feel a deferred admission to year R is in their child’s best interests, and contact the local authority School Admissions team. Parents are still advised to make an application as part of the main admission round for the year group in which their child would normally be admitted to school (2021/22) until a decision on the request for deceleration has been reached. Further advice is available on Southampton City Council Admissions webpage: http://www.southampton.gov.uk/schools-learning/find-school/apply-school (for people living in Southampton City Council) LA OR http://www3.hants.gov.uk/education/admissions.htm (for people living in Hampshire County Council LA). Accelerated Entry to school Parents who are applying for their child to have an accelerated entry to school, ie to start earlier than other children in their chronological age group, should submit a written request to the governors stating clearly why they feel an accelerated admission to year R is in their child’s best interests, and contact the local authority School Admissions team. In this case, parents are advised to apply for a school place at the same time that other families are applying for that early cohort. If the admissions authority agrees for the child to have an accelerated entry, the application will be processed. If it is not agreed, for the child to have an accelerated entry, they will be invited to apply again in the following year for the correct cohort. Decelerated or Accelerated entry to school For both of these circumstances it is advised that parents first contact the school where staff will be able to explain the school’s provision. If parents still wish to proceed to seek a place outside of their child’s chronological (correct) year group, they should submit a written request to the governors stating clearly why they feel this is in their child’s best interests and provide evidence to support this.

http://www.southampton.gov.uk/schools-learning/find-school/apply-school

http://www.southampton.gov.uk/schools-learning/find-school/apply-school

http://www3.hants.gov.uk/education/admissions.htm

WAITING LISTS If there is no place available at the time of application, parents can request that their child’s name is placed on the waiting list. Every time a child is added to the waiting list, it will be ranked again in accordance with the published oversubscription criteria for that year of application. Priority is not given to children based on the date their application was received or their name was added to the list. Looked after children, previously looked after children and those allocated a place at the school in accordance with a Fair Access Protocol will take precedence over those on a waiting list. Letters are sent annually in the second half of the Summer term to the parents of children on the waiting list asking whether they would like their child’s name to be kept on the list or removed.

WITHDRAWAL OF AN OFFER OF A PLACE Once an offer of a school place has been made it may be withdrawn in very limited circumstances which might include failing to respond to a request to present a child’s birth certificate or address evidence at school within a reasonable period of time or, if the place was offered on the basis of a fraudulent or deliberately misleading application from a parent which effectively denied a place to a child with a stronger claim.

1 | P a g e Admissions Policy 2021-22 Tanners Brook Primary School

Tanners Brook Primary School Admissions Policy 2021-2022

This policy will apply to all admissions from 1 September 2021, including in-year admissions. It will be used during 2020-2021 for allocating places for September 2021 as part of the main admission round for Year R.

Tanners Brook Primary School is part of the HISP Multi Academy Trust. The Local Governing Body of the school is the admission authority for Tanners Brook Primary School and will consider first all those applications received by the published deadline of midnight on 15 January 2021. Notifications to parents offering a primary school place will be sent by the Local Authority on 16 April 2021.

The published admission number (PAN) for Tanners Brook Primary School for 2021-2022 is 90.

Applications made after midnight on 15 January 2021 will be considered after all on-time applications have been fully processed unless exceptional circumstances merit consideration alongside on-time applications.

For the normal admission round, all on time preferences will be considered simultaneously and ranked in accordance with the admission criteria. If more than one school can offer a place, the parent’s highest stated available preference will be allocated.

Pupils with an Education, Health and Care Plan Any child with an Education, Health and Care Plan naming Tanners Brook Primary School will be admitted. Where possible such children will be admitted within the PAN.

Oversubscription Criteria When the school is oversubscribed, after the admission of pupils with an Education, Health and Care plan naming the school, priority for admission will be given to children in the following priority order:

1. Looked after children or children who were previously looked after (see definition i).

2. Children subject to a Child Protection Plan or deemed to be vulnerable by the Senior Officer withsafeguarding responsibility within Southampton City Council

3. Children who have a sibling already on the roll of the school who will continue to attend that schoolfor the following year (this includes children living as siblings in the same family unit) (see definition ii).

4. Children whose parents have satisfied the Local Authority that their child has a significant medical orpsychological condition which means they must attend the preferred school rather than any other.Applications must be supported by appropriate written evidence from a doctor or psychologist (seedefinition iii)

5. Children who live within the schools designated catchment area (see definition iv)

6. Other children living outside the designated catchment area


Definitions (i) Looked after children are defined as those who are (a) in the care of a local authority, or (b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services functions (see the definition in section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989). Previously looked children are those who were looked after but immediately after being looked after became subject to an adoption order, child arrangements order, or special guardianship order. An adoption order is an order under section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or section 12 of the Adoption Act 1976. Child arrangements orders are defined in section 8 of the Children Act 1989, as amended by section 12 of the Children and Families Act 2014. Child arrangements orders replace residence orders and any residence order in force prior to 22 April 2014 is deemed to be a child arrangements order. Section 14A of the Children Act 1989 defines a ‘special guardianship order’ as an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian (or special guardians). (ii) ‘Sibling’ refers to brother or sister, half brother or half sister, adoptive brother or adoptive sister, foster brother or foster sister, step brother or step sister living as one family unit at the same address. It will also be applied to situations where a full, half or adopted brother or sister are living at separate addresses. (iii) Applicants will only be considered under this criterion if on the application form (online or paper) they have ticked the appropriate box explicitly indicating that they wish for their application to be considered under medical / psychological need. Priority will be given to those children whose evidence establishes that they have a demonstrable and significant need to attend a particular school. Evidence must confirm the circumstances of the case and must set out why the child should attend a particular school and why no other school could meet the child’s needs. Providing evidence does not guarantee that a child will be given priority at a particular school and in each case a decision will be made based on the merits of the case and whether the evidence demonstrates that a placement should be made at one particular school above any other.

(iv) A map of Tanners Brook Primary School’s catchment area is available via Southampton City Council’s website https://www.southampton.gov.uk/schools-learning/find-school/apply-school/catchment-areas.aspx. A schedule of addresses, to be read in conjunction with the map is also kept by the Council. Parents wishing to know if their address is in a particular catchment area can contact the Admissions Team or log on to the council website www.southampton.gov.uk, click on ‘My Southampton’ follow the links and enter their postcode.

Tie-breaker Should a school be oversubscribed from within any of the criteria above, then distance will be used to prioritise applications within these categories. If there are two or more pupils who live identical distances from the school, the decision will be made by casting lots drawn by the Education Lead, Southampton City Council. Distances are measured based on the shortest walking distance using public roads and footpaths. Distances are measured from home to school for all children. These are calculated using a computerised mapping system that uses data supplied by the Ordnance Survey. Distances are measured from the point designated in the system as the home address to the point designated in the system as the mid-point of the nearest open pedestrian gate top the school, using public roads and footpaths.

https://www.southampton.gov.uk/schools-learning/find-school/apply-school/catchment-areas.aspx



ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: Late Applications The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date will be late applications and will dealt with after all on time applicants have been offered a school place. If a school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in accordance with the priorities set out above. Waiting Lists During main round of applications for Year R places for September 2021, a waiting list will be established and maintained centrally by the local authority until 31 August 2021. At all other times, and for other year groups, when all available places have been allocated, waiting lists will be operated by the school. Any places that become available will be offered to the child at the top of the list on the day the place became available. The waiting list is ordered according to the criteria of the admission policy with no account being taken of the length of time on the waiting list or any priority order expressed as part of the main admission round. Fair Access admissions and school closure arrangements will take priority over the waiting list. The waiting list will be reviewed and revised –

• each time a child is added to, or removed from, the waiting list;

• when a child’s changed circumstances affect their priority; • periodically, when parents with a child on the waiting list will be contacted and asked if they wish to

remain on the list for the following school year.

At the time of receiving an application decision for a school place parents will be advised of the process for adding their child’s name to a school’s waiting list. Parents may keep their child’s name on the waiting list of as many schools as they wish.


• Request part-time admission to the allocated school from the September following their child’s fourth birthday. This should be negotiated with the Headteacher of the allocated school.

• Request to defer their child’s entry until later in the school year but not beyond the point at which they reach Compulsory School Age, and not beyond the beginning of the final term of the school year. This should be negotiated with the Headteacher of the allocated school.

• Request to defer their child’s entry until the September following their fifth birthday.


Parents must make an in-year application and the pupil would start in Year 1. Parents of summer born children, that is children born between 1 April and 31 August, may, in addition, choose to send their child to school in the September following their 5th birthday and may request that their child is admitted out of their normal age group to reception year rather than Year 1. Any parent wishing to apply for their summer born child to start school outside their normal age group should read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ document available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed. For all requests it is vital to understand that at each transition (starting reception, moving from infant to junior, primary to secondary, secondary to college) the decision whether to maintain the placement in a younger or older year group must be made by the admission authority for the school. As such, there is no guarantee that it will continue throughout the child’s education and a new parental request must be made before each transition. As a general rule, requests should only be made once per phase transfer, unless there has been a significant change in circumstances. One admission authority cannot be required to honour a decision made by another admission authority on education out of normal age group. Multiple births Where a twin or child from a multiple birth is admitted to a school under this policy then any further twin or child of the same multiple birth will be admitted, if the parents so wish, even though this may raise the number in the year group above the school’s PAN. In-Year Fair Access placements by the local authority The local authority must ensure that all pupils are placed in schools as quickly as possible. It may therefore sometimes be necessary for a pupil to be placed by the local authority, or a local placement panel acting on behalf of the authority, in a particular school even if there is a waiting list for admission. Such placements will be made in accordance with the provisions of the local authority’s In-Year Fair Access Protocol. The Protocol is based on legislation and government guidance. School Closures In the event of a school closure, pupils from the closing school may be given priority for any school nominated as the receiving school. Specific arrangements will be determined by the Local Authority in accordance with the School Admissions Code and will be published at the time for the specific schools affected. In-Year Admissions

Admissions mid-year for any year group will be dealt with in accordance with this policy. Please contact

the current school for an admission application form.

Legislation This policy takes account of all Equalities legislation, together with all relevant regulations and the School Admissions Code (published by the DfE in 2014).

THORNHILL PRIMARY SCHOOL

ADMISSIONS POLICY

2021/22

The Hamwic Education Trust is the Admission Authority for the school and delegates the processing of admissions to the governing body. As required in the School Admissions Code, the governing body will consider all on-time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions. Parents may express up to three (3) preferences, listing them in the order in which they would accept them. All preferences will be considered and where more than one school could be offered, the parents will be offered a place for their child at the highest ranked of the schools that could be offered. Children with statements of special educational needs (SEN) / Education, Health and Care Plan (EHCP) that name the school Children with statements of special educational needs or EHCPs that name a school must be admitted to that school under the Education Act 1996 and with regard to the SEN Code of Practice. These children will be admitted to the named school, even if it is full, and are therefore outside the normal admission arrangements. As required by the Code these children will count as part of the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school. Published Admission Number Thornhill Primary School will admit up to 60 children to Year R in September 2021. This will be the Published Admissions Number for this year group. Oversubscription criteria Applications submitted by 15 January 2021 will be dealt with first. If the number of applications submitted by 15 January 2021 is greater than the Published Admission Number (PAN) for a school, admissions to the school will be decided according to the following priorities:












Late Applications The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date will be late applications. If the school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in· accordance with the priorities set out above. Waiting Lists If a place cannot be offered at Thornhill Primary School, unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list. If places become available, children on the waiting list will be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on-time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. Each time a child is added to the waiting list, the waiting list will be re-ranked according to the Admissions Policy criteria. The waiting list will be held until 31st July 2022. Any parent wishing to remain on the waiting list after this date will need to make a new in-year application to the school.


• Request part-time admission to the allocated school from the September following their child’s fourth birthday. This should be negotiated with the headteacher of the school. • Request to defer their child’s entry until later in the school year but not beyond the point at which they reach Compulsory school age, and not beyond the beginning of the final term of the school year. • Request to defer their child’s entry until the September following their fifth birthday. Parents must make an in-year application and the pupil would start in Year One.

Parents of summer-born children, that is children born between 1st April and 31st August, may, in addition, choose to send their child to school in the September following their 5th birthday and may request that their child is admitted out of their normal age group to reception year rather than Year 1. Any parent wishing to apply for their summer-born child to start school outside their normal age group should read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ Booklet, available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed. For all requests it is vital to understand that at each transition (starting reception, moving from infant to junior, primary to secondary, secondary to college) the decision whether to maintain the placement in a younger or older year group must be made by the admission authority for the school. As such, there is no guarantee that it will continue throughout the child’s education and a new parental request must be made before each transition. As a general rule, requests should only be made once per phase transfer, unless there has been a significant change in circumstances. One admission authority cannot be required to honour a decision made by another admission authority on education out of normal age group.

Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme Thornhill Primary School fully participates in the LA published co-ordinated admissions scheme. T he governors have delegated the management of the waiting list to the LA Admissions Team during the normal admission round. The waiting list will be passed to the school on 1st September 2021.

THORNHILL PRIMARY SCHOOL CATCHMENT ROAD LIST

STREET NAME HOUSE NO.

ASH CLOSE BARNES CLOSE BARNES ROAD BARRY ROAD

BITTERNE ROAD 641-737 / 648-708

BOSWELL CLOSE BRECON ROAD BRINSLEY CLOSE BURKE DRIVE BURSLEDON ROAD 155-325 BURSLEDON ROAD Thornhill Court BYRON ROAD 1-215 / 2-160 CAERLEON AVENUE CAERLEON DRIVE CAMPION ROAD CANON PLACE CAREY ROAD CAXTON AVENUE DOUGLAS CRESCENT EYNHAM AVENUE EYNHAM CLOSE EYNHAM GARDENS FARRINGFORD ROAD 2-32 GAVAN STREET GERARD CRESCENT HIGH MEADOW

HINKLER ROAD 275-533 / 268-494

JEROME COURT KEATS ROAD LINACRE ROAD MALORY CLOSE MARSTON ROAD 2-32 evens only MARVIN WAY MASEFIELD GREEN MEDWALL GREEN PENARTH CLOSE PEPYS AVENUE PROCTOR CLOSE SHERIDAN CLOSE SYLVAN AVENUE TATWIN CLOSE TATWIN CRESCENT THORNHILL PARK ROAD 1-15 UPPER DEACON ROAD WINDOVER CLOSE

TOWNHILL INFANT SCHOOL

ADMISSIONS POLICY

2021/22

The Hamwic Education Trust is the Admission Authority for the school and delegates the processing of admissions to the governing body. As required in the School Admissions Code, the governing body will consider all on-time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions. Parents may express up to three (3) preferences, listing them in the order in which they would accept them. All preferences will be considered and where more than one school could be offered, the parents will be offered a place for their child at the highest ranked of the schools that could be offered. Children with statements of special educational needs (SEN) / Education, Health and Care Plan (EHCP) that name the school Children with statements of special educational needs or EHCPs that name a school must be admitted to that school under the Education Act 1996 and with regard to the SEN Code of Practice. These children will be admitted to the named school, even if it is full, and are therefore outside the normal admission arrangements. As required by the Code these children will count as part of the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school. Published Admission Number Townhill Infant School will admit up to 90 children to Year R in September 2021. This will be the Published Admissions Number for this year group. Oversubscription criteria Applications submitted by 15 January 2021 will be dealt with first. If the number of applications submitted by 15 January 2021 is greater than the Published Admission Number (PAN) for a school, admissions to the school will be decided according to the following priorities:



attend that school for the following year. (This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit.) In the case of applications for places at infant schools a sibling at the linked junior school (Townhill Junior School) will count as a sibling at the infant school.









Late Applications The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date will be late applications. If the school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in· accordance with the priorities set out above. Waiting Lists If a place cannot be offered at Townhill Infant School, unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list. If places become available, children on the waiting list will be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on-time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. Each time a child is added to the waiting list, the waiting list will be re-ranked according to the Admissions Policy criteria. The waiting list will be held until 31st July 2022. Any parent wishing to remain on the waiting list after this date will need to make a new in-year application to the school. Entry into Reception Year The offer made to parents for reception class on the initial offer date is of a full time place from the start of term in September. Schools normally stagger entry into school from that date and arrange for some initial part-time attendance to ensure a smooth transition from pre-school or home into school. Flexibilities exist for those parents who do not feel that their child is ready to start school in the September following their fourth birthday. It is possible for them to:


Parents of summer-born children, that is children born between 1st April and 31st August, may, in addition, choose to send their child to school in the September following their 5th birthday and may request that their child is admitted out of their normal age group to reception year rather than Year 1. Any parent wishing to apply for their summer-born child to start school outside their normal age group should read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ Booklet, available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed. Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme Townhill Infant School fully participates in the LA published co-ordinated admissions scheme. T he governors have delegated the management of the waiting list to the LA Admissions Team during the normal admission round. The waiting list will be passed to the school on 1st September 2021.

TOWNHILL INFANT

CATCHMENT ROAD LIST

STREET NAME HOUSE NUMBERS STREET NAME HOUSE NUMBERS ARUN ROAD TAMAR GARDENS ATLANTIC PARK VIEW THAMES CLOSE BAILEY GREEN TORRIDGE GARDENS BENHAMS ROAD TRESILLIAN GARDENS BRENTWOOD CRESCENT WAKEFIELD ROAD 25-93 (odds) BROMLEY ROAD WALDON GARDENS CAMELLIA GARDENS WEBBURN GARDENS CARPATHIA CLOSE WELLAND GARDENS CERNE CLOSE WESSEX ROAD CHALK HILL 88 and 90 only WILMINGTON CLOSE CLEVELAND ROAD 1-87 / 2-88 WYLYE CLOSE COACHMANS COPSE COPSE ROAD CORNWALL CLOSE CORNWALL CRESCENT CORNWALL ROAD CULVERY GARDENS CUTBUSH LANE 31 onwards DART ROAD DUDDON CLOSE EDEN ROAD EDGEHILL ROAD FROME ROAD GATCOMBE GARDENS GRASDEAN CLOSE HALLETT CLOSE HARBOURNE GARDENS HAYLE ROAD HELFORD GARDENS HILLGROVE ROAD KENNET CLOSE KENWYN CLOSE KINGSDOWN WAY LAMBOURNE ROAD LITCHFIELD CRESCENT LITCHFIELD ROAD LONGMEAD ROAD LYNN CLOSE MARLHILL CLOSE MEGGESON AVENUE 87+ / 144+ OKEMENT CLOSE OLD IVY LANE OZIER ROAD PAULET CLOSE PINEFIELD ROAD PORTVIEW ROAD ROWLANDS WALK STOUR CLOSE

Admission Policy

2021/22

The Hamwic Education Trust is the Admission Authority for the school and delegates the

processing of admissions to the governing body. As required in the School Admissions Code,

the governing body will consider all on-time preferences at the same time for September

2021 admissions. Weston Park Primary School has a Published Admission Number for Year R

and Year 3.

Parents may express up to three (3) preferences, listing them in the order in which they

would accept them. All preferences will be considered and where more than one school could

be offered, the parents will be offered a place for their child at the highest ranked of the

schools that could be offered.

Children with statements of special educational needs (SEN) / Education, Health and

Care Plan (EHCP) that name the school

Children with statements of special educational needs or EHCPs that name a school must be

admitted to that school under the Education Act 1996 and with regard to the SEN Code of

Practice. These children will be admitted to the named school, even if it is full, and are

therefore outside the normal admission arrangements. As required by the Code these

children will count as part of the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school.


Weston Park Primary School will admit up to 60 children to Year R and with a further 30

additional places available for children to join in Year 3 in September 2021, making a total of

90 for this year group. These will be the Published Admissions Numbers for these year

groups.


Applications submitted by 15 January 2021 will be dealt with first. If the number of

applications submitted by 15 January 2021 is greater than the Published Admission Number

(PAN) for a school, admissions to the school will be decided according to the following

priorities:

1. Children in public care (looked after children) and previously looked after children as

defined by section 1.7 of the School Admissions Code.


3. Children who have a brother or sister already on the roll of the school who will

continue to attend that school for the following year. (This includes children living as

siblings in the same family unit.)

A sibling is defined as a brother or sister including half, step, or foster or adoptive

brother or sister, living within the same family unit at the same address.

4. Year 3 applications only – children attending the linked feeder school – Weston Shore

Infant.

5. Children who live within the school’s designated catchment area. The catchment area

is defined by the roads listed at the end of this policy.

If the school is oversubscribed within categories 1-5 above then priorities (i) to (ii),

as set out in 6 below will be used to determine which children will be offered places.

6. Children who live outside the school’s designated catchment area, in the following

order:

(i) Children of qualified teaching staff employed at the school for two or more

years at the time of application and/or the member of staff is recruited to

fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage.

(ii) Children who live closest to the school based on the shortest practicable

walking distance using public roads and footpaths. Distances are measured

from home to school. These are calculated using a computerised mapping

system that uses data supplied by Ordnance Survey. Distances are measured

from the point designated in the system as the home address to the point

designated in the system as the mid-point of the nearest open gate to the

school, using public roads and footpaths.

If the school is oversubscribed from within criteria 6(i), then distance, as defined

in 6(ii) above will be used to prioritise applications. Should there be two or more

identical distances requiring prioritisation, this will be done by casting lots.

Late Applications

The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date

will be late applications. If the school has places available after admitting all on-time

applications, late applications will be considered in· accordance with the priorities set out

above.

Waiting Lists

If a place cannot be offered at Weston Park Primary School, unsuccessful applicants will

automatically be placed on the waiting list. If places become available, children on the waiting

list will be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a

school place will be withdrawn. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into

account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on-

time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above.

Each time a child is added to the waiting list, the waiting list will be re-ranked according to

the Admissions Policy criteria. The waiting list will be held until 31st July 2022. Any parent

wishing to remain on the waiting list after this date will need to make a new in-year

application to the school.


The offer made to parents for reception class on the initial offer date is of a full time place

from the start of term in September. Schools normally stagger entry into school from that

date and arrange for some initial part-time attendance to ensure a smooth transition from

pre-school or home into school. Flexibilities exist for those parents who do not feel that

their child is ready to start school in the September following their fourth birthday. It is

possible for them to:

Request part-time admission to the allocated school from the September following

their

child’s fourth birthday. This should be negotiated with the headteacher of the

school.

Request to defer their child’s entry until later in the school year but not beyond the

point

at which they reach Compulsory school age, and not beyond the beginning of the

final

term of the school year.

Request to defer their child’s entry until the September following their fifth

birthday.

Parents must make an in-year application and the pupil would start in Year One.

Parents of summer-born children, that is children born between 1st April and 31st August,

may, in addition, choose to send their child to school in the September following their 5th

birthday and may request that their child is admitted out of their normal age group to

reception year rather than Year 1. Any parent wishing to apply for their summer-born child

to start school outside their normal age group should read the ‘Guidance on the education of

children outside normal age group’ Booklet, available on the Southampton City Council

website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed.

Admission of children outside their normal age group.

Parents may request that their child is admitted outside their normal age group, for example,

if the child is gifted or talented or has experienced problems such as ill health, or they are

summer born and were admitted to Year R outside the normal age group. Parents of summer-

born children for whom education outside normal age group was previously agreed will be

required to make a new request for entry into junior school. This should be done as if the

child is placed in their correct year group. For example, a child who has been held back a year

(decelerated) should be making a new request in Year 1.

Any parent wishing to apply for a place outside their normal age group should read the

‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ document available on the

Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed.

All requests will be considered on their merits by the governing body taking account of the

parent’s view and the views of the headteacher.

For all requests it is vital to understand that at each transition (starting reception, moving

from infant to junior, primary to secondary, secondary to college) the decision whether to

maintain the placement in a younger or older year group must be made by the admission

authority for the school. As such, there is no guarantee that it will continue throughout

the child’s education and a new parental request must be made before each transition. As a

general rule, requests should only be made once per phase transfer, unless there has been a

significant change in circumstances.

One admission authority cannot be required to honour a decision made by another admission

authority on education out of normal age group.


Weston Park Primary School fully participates in the LA published co-ordinated admissions

scheme. T he governors have delegated the management of the waiting list to the LA

Admissions Team during the normal admission round. The waiting list will be passed to the

school on 1st September 2021.

WESTON PARK PRIMARY SCHOOL

CATCHMENT ROAD LIST

STREET HOUSE NO.

ASHURST CLOSE

BRAMLEY CRESCENT

COXS DRIVE

DEEPING CLOSE

DYSERTH CLOSE

GARRETTS CLOSE

HAWKHURST CLOSE

HURSTGREEN CLOSE

LAXTON CLOSE

NEWTOWN ROAD

PENISTONE CLOSE

PORTSMOUTH ROAD 300-428 (evens)

SCOTT ROAD

SISSINGHURST CLOSE

STAPLEHURST CLOSE

TENTERTON AVENUE

TICKLEFORD DRIVE

UPPER WESTON LANE

WADHURST GARDENS

WENTWORTH GARDENS

WESTON LANE 124+

WORCESTER PLACE

WRIGHTS HILL

Date of last review: [date]

Date of next review: [date]

Signed Chair of Governing Body:

Date:

Signed Headteacher:

Date:

WESTON SHORE INFANT SCHOOL

ADMISSIONS POLICY

2021/22

The Hamwic Education Trust is the Admission Authority for the school and delegates the processing of admissions to the governing body. As required in the School Admissions Code, the governing body will consider all on-time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions. Parents may express up to three (3) preferences, listing them in the order in which they would accept them. All preferences will be considered and where more than one school could be offered, the parents will be offered a place for their child at the highest ranked of the schools that could be offered. Children with statements of special educational needs (SEN) / Education, Health and Care Plan (EHCP) that name the school Children with statements of special educational needs or EHCPs that name a school must be admitted to that school under the Education Act 1996 and with regard to the SEN Code of Practice. These children will be admitted to the named school, even if it is full, and are therefore outside the normal admission arrangements. As required by the Code these children will count as part of the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school. Published Admission Number Weston Shore Infant School will admit up to 30 children to Year R in September 2021. This will be the Published Admissions Number for this year group. Oversubscription criteria Applications submitted by 15 January 2021 will be dealt with first. If the number of applications submitted by 15 January 2021 is greater than the Published Admission Number (PAN) for a school, admissions to the school will be decided according to the following priorities:



attend that school for the following year. (This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit.) In the case of applications for places at infant schools a sibling at the linked junior school (Weston Park Primary School – Years 3 – 6) will count as a sibling at the infant school.









Late Applications The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date will be late applications. If the school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in· accordance with the priorities set out above. Waiting Lists If a place cannot be offered at Weston Shore Infant School, unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list. If places become available, children on the waiting list will be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on-time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. Each time a child is added to the waiting list, the waiting list will be re-ranked according to the Admissions Policy criteria. The waiting list will be held until 31st July 2022. Any parent wishing to remain on the waiting list after this date will need to make a new in-year application to the school.



Parents of summer-born children, that is children born between 1st April and 31st August, may, in addition, choose to send their child to school in the September following their 5th birthday and may request that their child is admitted out of their normal age group to reception year rather than Year 1.

Any parent wishing to apply for their summer-born child to start school outside their normal age group should read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ booklet, available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed.


Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme Weston Shore Infant School fully participates in the LA published co-ordinated admissions scheme. T he governors have delegated the management of the waiting list to the LA Admissions Team during the normal admission round. The waiting list will be passed to the school on 1st September 2021.

WESTON SHORE INFANT CATCHMENT ROAD LIST

Street Name House Numbers ARCHERY ROAD 27+ ARROW CLOSE BACON CLOSE BARNFIELD CLOSE BARNFIELD COURT BARNFIELD ROAD BARNFIELD WAY BEVAN CLOSE BOWER CLOSE BRAMSHOTT ROAD BURGHCLERE ROAD CAMLEY CLOSE CAVELL PLACE COZENS CLOSE CROOKHAM ROAD DOYLE COURT DRAYTON CLOSE DUNCAN CLOSE DUNDONALD CLOSE FOXCOTT CLOSE FULLERTON CLOSE GRATELEY CLOSE HAWKLEY GREEN HOLT COURT (WESTON LANE) HULTON CLOSE INTERNATIONAL WAY JURDS LAKE WAY KINGSCLERE AVENUE KINGSCLERE CLOSE LAMBERHURST CLOSE LONGSTOCK CLOSE POULNER CLOSE RIVERSDALE CLOSE ROPLEY CLOSE ROTHSCHILD CLOSE SEAWEED CLOSE SPARSHOLT ROAD SQUIRES WALK TAYLOR CLOSE TICONDEROGA GARDENS UNWIN CLOSE WALDEGRAVE CLOSE WALLACE ROAD WESTON CLOSE WESTON LANE 1-67 / 2-122 WESTON LANE Somborne House WESTON LANE Barnfield Flats WINCHFIELD CLOSE

WORDSWORTH PRIMARY SCHOOL

ADMISSIONS POLICY

2021/22

The Hamwic Education Trust is the Admission Authority for the school and delegates the processing of admissions to the governing body. As required in the School Admissions Code, the governing body will consider all on-time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions. Parents may express up to three (3) preferences, listing them in the order in which they would accept them. All preferences will be considered and where more than one school could be offered, the parents will be offered a place for their child at the highest ranked of the schools that could be offered. Children with statements of special educational needs (SEN) / Education, Health and Care Plan (EHCP) that name the school Children with statements of special educational needs or EHCPs that name a school must be admitted to that school under the Education Act 1996 and with regard to the SEN Code of Practice. These children will be admitted to the named school, even if it is full, and are therefore outside the normal admission arrangements. As required by the Code these children will count as part of the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school. Published Admission Number Wordsworth Primary School will admit up to 90 children to Year R in September 2021. This will be the Published Admissions Number for this year group. Oversubscription criteria Applications submitted by 15 January 2021 will be dealt with first. If the number of applications submitted by 15 January 2021 is greater than the Published Admission Number (PAN) for a school, admissions to the school will be decided according to the following priorities:












Late Applications The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date will be late applications. If the school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in· accordance with the priorities set out above. Waiting Lists If a place cannot be offered at Wordsworth Primary School, unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list. If places become available, children on the waiting list will be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on-time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. Each time a child is added to the waiting list, the waiting list will be re-ranked according to the Admissions Policy criteria. The waiting list will be held until 31st July 2022. Any parent wishing to remain on the waiting list after this date will need to make a new in-year application to the school.



Parents of summer-born children, that is children born between 1st April and 31st August, may, in addition, choose to send their child to school in the September following their 5th birthday and may request that their child is admitted out of their normal age group to reception year rather than Year 1. Any parent wishing to apply for their summer-born child to start school outside their normal age group should read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ Booklet, available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed. Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme Wordsworth Primary School fully participates in the LA published co-ordinated admissions scheme. T he governors have delegated the management of the waiting list to the LA Admissions Team during the normal admission round. The waiting list will be passed to the school on 1st September 2021.

WORDSWORTH PRIMARY SCHOOL CATCHMENT ROAD LIST

STREET NAME HOUSE NUMBERS

ANGLESEA ROAD BRAMSTON ROAD BURLINGTON MANSIONS CANNON STREET CEDAR AVENUE CHARLTON ROAD CHERRY WALK CHURCH END CHURCH STREET CROWN STREET CUNARD AVENUE DIDCOT ROAD GRANGE ROAD GURNEY ROAD HOWARDS GROVE HYDE CLOSE JANSON ROAD LUMSDEN AVENUE MALMESBURY ROAD Evens MEDINA ROAD MILNER COURT MULBERRY WALK NEWBURY ROAD NEWLANDS AVENUE NORFOLK ROAD OAKFIELD GARDENS RAYMOND ROAD Evens 24-60 REDCAR STREET REYNOLDS ROAD RIDDING CLOSE SALEM STREET SANDOWN ROAD SHIRLEY AVENUE SHIRLEY HIGH STREET Odds only SHIRLEY ROAD 275-429 ST. JAMES ROAD Odds only STRATTON ROAD SYDNEY ROAD THE MOUNT TORQUAY AVENUE TREESIDE ROAD VAUDREY CLOSE VICTOR STREET VINCENT GROVE VINCENT STREET WHITHEDWOOD AVENUE WINCHESTER ROAD 1-33 / 111 / 76-154 WORDSWORTH ROAD YARMOUTH GARDENS ROMSEY ROAD 1-197 (odds only) ROMSEY ROAD The Mount

BEECHWOOD JUNIOR SCHOOL

ADMISSIONS POLICY

2021/22

The Hamwic Education Trust is the Admission Authority for the school and delegates the processing of admissions to the governing body. As required in the School Admissions Code, the governing body will consider all on-time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions. Parents may express up to three (3) preferences, listing them in the order in which they would accept them. All preferences will be considered and where more than one school could be offered, the parents will be offered a place for their child at the highest ranked of the schools that could be offered. Children with statements of special educational needs (SEN) / Education, Health and Care Plan (EHCP) that name the school Children with statements of special educational needs or EHCPs that name a school must be admitted to that school under the Education Act 1996 and with regard to the SEN Code of Practice. These children will be admitted to the named school, even if it is full, and are therefore outside the normal admission arrangements. As required by the Code these children will count as part of the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school. Published Admission Number Beechwood Junior School will admit up to 90 children to Year 3 in September 2021. This will be the Published Admissions Number for this year group. Oversubscription criteria Applications submitted by 15 January 2021 will be dealt with first. If the number of applications submitted by 15 January 2021 is greater than the Published Admission Number (PAN) for a school, admissions to the school will be decided according to the following priorities:



attend that school for the following year. (This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit.) In the case of applications for places at junior schools a sibling at the linked infant school (Glenfield Infant School) will count as a sibling at the junior school.


4. Children attending the linked infant school – Glenfield Infant School. 5. Children of qualified teaching staff employed at the school for two or more years at the

time of application and/or the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage.


distance using public roads and footpaths. Distances are measured from home to school.

These are calculated using a computerised mapping system that uses data supplied by Ordnance Survey. Distances are measured from the point designated in the system as the home address to the point designated in the system as the mid-point of the nearest open gate to the school, using public roads and footpaths.

If the school be oversubscribed from within any of the above criteria, then distance, as defined in 6. above will be used to prioritise applications. Should there be two or more identical distances requiring prioritisation, this will be done by casting lots. Late Applications The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date will be late applications. If the school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in· accordance with the priorities set out above. Waiting Lists If a place cannot be offered at Beechwood Junior School, unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list. If places become available, children on the waiting list will be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on-time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. Each time a child is added to the waiting list, the waiting list will be re-ranked according to the Admissions Policy criteria. The waiting list will be held until 31st July 2022. Any parent wishing to remain on the waiting list after this date will need to make a new in-year application to the school. Admission of children outside their normal age group. Parents may request that their child is admitted outside their normal age group, for example, if the child is gifted or talented or has experienced problems such as ill health, or they are summer born and were admitted to Year R outside the normal age group. Parents of summer-born children for whom education outside normal age group was previously agreed will be required to make a new request for entry into junior school. This should be done as if the child is placed in their correct year group. For example, a child who has been held back a year (decelerated) should be making a new request in Year 1. Any parent wishing to apply for a place outside their normal age group should read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ document available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed. All requests will be considered on their merits by the governing body taking account of the parent’s view and the views of the headteacher. For all requests it is vital to understand that at each transition (starting reception, moving from infant to junior, primary to secondary, secondary to college) the decision whether to maintain the placement in a younger or older year group must be made by the admission authority for the school. As such, there is no guarantee that it will continue throughout the child’s education and a new parental request must be made before each transition. As a general rule, requests should only be made once per phase transfer, unless there has been a significant change in circumstances.

One admission authority cannot be required to honour a decision made by another admission authority on education out of normal age group. Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme Beechwood Junior School fully participates in the LA published co-ordinated admissions scheme. T he governors have delegated the management of the waiting list to the LA Admissions Team during the normal admission round. The waiting list will be passed to the school on 1st September 2021.

HOLLYBROOK JUNIOR SCHOOL

ADMISSIONS POLICY

2021/22

The Hamwic Education Trust is the Admission Authority for the school and delegates the processing of admissions to the governing body. As required in the School Admissions Code, the governing body will consider all on-time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions. Parents may express up to three (3) preferences, listing them in the order in which they would accept them. All preferences will be considered and where more than one school could be offered, the parents will be offered a place for their child at the highest ranked of the schools that could be offered. Children with statements of special educational needs (SEN) / Education, Health and Care Plan (EHCP) that name the school Children with statements of special educational needs or EHCPs that name a school must be admitted to that school under the Education Act 1996 and with regard to the SEN Code of Practice. These children will be admitted to the named school, even if it is full, and are therefore outside the normal admission arrangements. As required by the Code these children will count as part of the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school. Published Admission Number Hollybrook Junior School will admit up to 60 children to Year 3 in September 2021. This will be the Published Admissions Number for this year group. Oversubscription criteria Applications submitted by 15 January 2021 will be dealt with first. If the number of applications submitted by 15 January 2021 is greater than the Published Admission Number (PAN) for a school, admissions to the school will be decided according to the following priorities:



attend that school for the following year. (This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit.) In the case of applications for places at junior schools a sibling at the linked infant school (Hollybrook Infant School) will count as a sibling at the junior school.


4. Children attending the linked infant school – Hollybrook Infant School. 5. Children of qualified teaching staff employed at the school for two or more years at the



distance using public roads and footpaths. Distances are measured from home to school. These are calculated using a computerised mapping system that uses data supplied by

Ordnance Survey. Distances are measured from the point designated in the system as the home address to the point designated in the system as the mid-point of the nearest open gate to the school, using public roads and footpaths.

If the school be oversubscribed from within any of the above criteria, then distance, as defined in 6. above will be used to prioritise applications. Should there be two or more identical distances requiring prioritisation, this will be done by casting lots. Late Applications The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date will be late applications. If the school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in· accordance with the priorities set out above. Waiting Lists If a place cannot be offered at Hollybrook Junior School, unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list. If places become available, children on the waiting list will be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on-time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. Each time a child is added to the waiting list, the waiting list will be re-ranked according to the Admissions Policy criteria. The waiting list will be held until 31st July 2022. Any parent wishing to remain on the waiting list after this date will need to make a new in-year application to the school.

Admission of children outside their normal age group. Parents may request that their child is admitted outside their normal age group, for example, if the child is gifted or talented or has experienced problems such as ill health, or they are summer born and were admitted to Year R outside the normal age group. Parents of summer-born children for whom education outside normal age group was previously agreed will be required to make a new request for entry into junior school. This should be done as if the child is placed in their correct year group. For example, a child who has been held back a year (decelerated) should be making a new request in Year 1. Any parent wishing to apply for a place outside their normal age group should read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ document available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed. All requests will be considered on their merits by the governing body taking account of the parent’s view and the views of the headteacher. For all requests it is vital to understand that at each transition (starting reception, moving from infant to junior, primary to secondary, secondary to college) the decision whether to maintain the placement in a younger or older year group must be made by the admission authority for the school. As such, there is no guarantee that it will continue throughout the child’s education and a new parental request must be made before each transition. As a general rule, requests should only be made once per phase transfer, unless there has been a significant change in circumstances.

One admission authority cannot be required to honour a decision made by another admission authority on education out of normal age group. Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme Hollybrook Junior School fully participates in the LA published co-ordinated admissions scheme. T he governors have delegated the management of the waiting list to the LA Admissions Team during the normal admission round. The waiting list will be passed to the school on 1st September 2021.

LUDLOW JUNIOR SCHOOL

ADMISSIONS POLICY

2021/22

The Governing Body of the school are the Admission Authority for the school. As required in the School Admissions Code, the Admission Authority will consider all on-time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions. Parents may express up to three (3) preferences, listing them in the order in which they would accept them. All preferences will be considered and where more than one school could be offered, the parents will be offered a place for their child at the highest ranked of the schools that could be offered. Children with statements of special educational needs (SEN) / Education, Health and Care Plan (EHCP) that name the school Children with statements of special educational needs or EHCPs that name a school must be admitted to that school under the Education Act 1996 and with regard to the SEN Code of Practice. These children will be admitted to the named school, even if it is full, and are therefore outside the normal admission arrangements. As required by the Code these children will count as part of the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school. Published Admission Number Ludlow Junior School will admit up to 150 children to Year 3 in September 2021. This will be the Published Admissions Number for this year group. Oversubscription criteria Applications submitted by 15 January 2021 will be dealt with first. If the number of applications submitted by 15 January 2021 is greater than the Published Admission Number (PAN) for a school, admissions to the school will be decided according to the following priorities:


2. Children subject to a child protection plan at the time of application. 3. Children who have a brother or sister already on the roll of the school who will continue to

attend that school for the following year. (This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit.) In the case of applications for places at junior schools a sibling at the linked infant schools (Ludlow Infant Academy/Woolston Infant School) will count as a sibling at the junior school.


4. Children attending the linked infant schools – Ludlow Infant Academy & Woolston Infant

School. 5. Children who live closest to the school based on the shortest practicable walking

distance using public roads and footpaths. Distances are measured from home to school. These are calculated using a computerised mapping system that uses data supplied by Ordnance Survey. Distances are measured from the point designated in the system as

the home address to the point designated in the system as the mid-point of the nearest open gate to the school, using public roads and footpaths.

If the school be oversubscribed from within any of the above criteria, then distance, as defined in 5. above will be used to prioritise applications. Should there be two or more identical distances requiring prioritisation, this will be done by casting lots. Late Applications The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date will be late applications. If the school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in· accordance with the priorities set out above. Waiting Lists If a place cannot be offered at Ludlow Junior School, unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list. If places become available, children on the waiting list will be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on-time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. Each time a child is added to the waiting list, the waiting list will be re-ranked according to the Admissions Policy criteria. The waiting list will be held until 31st July 2022. Any parent wishing to remain on the waiting list after this date will need to make a new in-year application to the school.


One admission authority cannot be required to honour a decision made by another admission authority on education out of normal age group. Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme Ludlow Junior School fully participates in the LA published co-ordinated admissions scheme. T he governors have delegated the management of the waiting list to the LA Admissions Team during the normal admission round. The waiting list will be passed to the school on 1st September 2021.


Mount Pleasant Junior School is part of the Aspire Community Trust. The Governing Body (GB) of the school is the admission authority for the school. As required in the School Admissions Code, the GB will consider all on time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions.



Mount Pleasant Junior School will admit up to 90 pupils to Year R in September 2021.




Applications submitted by 15 January 2021 will be dealt with first. If the number of applications submitted by 15 January 2021 is greater than the PAN for a school, admissions will be decided according to the following priorities:

1. Children in public care (looked after children) and previously looked after children as definedby section 1.7 of the School Admissions Code.


3. Children attending the linked infant school (Maytree Infant and Nursery School) at the timeof application.

4. Children who have a sibling already on the roll of the school who will continue to attend thatschool for the following year.

5. Children whose parents have satisfied the Governing Body that their child has a significantmedical or psychological condition which means they must attend the preferred school ratherthan any other. Applications must be supported by appropriate written evidence from a doctoror psychologist.






Maytree Infant and Nursery School links to Mount Pleasant Junior School

Sibling: This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit. In the case of applications for places at a junior school, a sibling at the linked infant school will count as a sibling at the junior school. A sibling is defined as a brother or sister including half, step, foster or adoptive brother or sister, living within the same family unit at the same address. Catchment Area: A “designated catchment area” for a school is the area set out in the definitive catchment area map for each school. This map is held by Southampton City Council, Civic Centre, Southampton SO14 7LY. A schedule of addresses, to be read in conjunction with the map, is also kept by the Council. Parents wishing to know if their address is in a particular catchment area can contact the Admissions Team, or log on to the council website www.southampton.gov.uk, click on “My Southampton”, follow the links, and enter their postcode. Distance: Distances are measured based on the shortest walking distance using public roads and footpaths. Distances are measured from home to school for all children. These are calculated using a computerised mapping system that uses data supplied by Ordnance Survey. Distances are measured from the point designated in the system as the home address to the point designated in the system as the mid-point of the nearest open pedestrian gate to the school, using public roads and footpaths. Late applications The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date will be late applications and will dealt with after all on time applicants have been offered a school place. If a school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in accordance with the priorities set out above. Waiting lists



If a place cannot be offered at Mount Pleasant Junior School, all unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list. If places become available, children on the waiting list will be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. This means that waiting lists will be re-ranked after every new expression of preference. The waiting list will be held until 31 July 2022. Any parent wishing to remain on the waiting list after this date will need to make a new in-year application to the school. Admission of children outside their normal age group






Southampton City Council Admission Policy for Fairisle Junior School for 2021/22 Southampton City Council is the admission authority for Fairisle Junior School. As required in the School Admissions Code the authority will consider all on-time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions. Parents may express up to three (3) preferences for junior schools only, listing them in the order in which they would accept them. All preferences will be considered and where more than one school place could be offered, the parents will be offered a place for their child at the higher ranked of the schools that could be offered. Children with Education, Health and Care Plans (EHCPs) that name a school Children with Education, Health, and Care Plans (EHCPs) that name a school must be admitted to that school under the Education Act 1996 and with regard to the SEND Code of Practice. These children will be admitted to the named school, even if it is full, and are therefore outside the normal admission arrangements. As required by the Code these children will count as part of the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school.

Oversubscription criteria Applications submitted by 15 January 2021 will be dealt with first. If the number of applications received by 15 January 2021 is greater than the PAN for the school, admissions will be decided according to the following priorities: 1. Children in public care (looked after children) and previously looked after

children as defined by section 1.7 of the School Admissions Code, which states: Previously looked after children are children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order or special guardianship order).

2. Children subject to a child protection plan or deemed to be vulnerable by the

Senior Officer with responsibility for safeguarding in Southampton City Council. 3. Children attending the linked infant school at the time of application. 4. Children who have a sibling already on the roll of the school who will continue

to attend that school for the following year. 5. Children whose parents have satisfied the Local Authority that their child has a

significant medical or psychological condition which means they must attend the preferred school rather than any other. Applications must be supported by appropriate written evidence from a doctor or psychologist.

6. Children who live within the school's designated catchment area. 7. Children who live closest to the school.

Should the school be oversubscribed from within any of the criteria, then distance, as defined below, will be used to prioritise applications within these categories. Should there be two or more identical distances requiring prioritisation, this will be done by casting lots. Lots will be drawn by the Education Lead, Southampton City Council. Definitions Linked Infant School: This criterion applies only at the time of transfer from Year 2 to Year 3 and until the end of the first term of junior school. After that time previous attendance at the linked infant school gives no priority to an application for a place at the linked junior school. Linked Junior School: priority will be given to children attending the linked infant school at the closing date of applications.

• Fairisle Infant and Nursery School links to Fairisle Junior School Sibling: This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit. In the case of applications for places at junior schools a sibling at the linked infant school will count as a sibling at the junior school. A sibling is defined as a brother or sister including half, step, or foster or adoptive brother or sister, living within the same family unit at the same address. Catchment Area: A “designated catchment area” for a school is the area set out in the definitive catchment area map for each school. This map is held by Southampton City Council, Civic Centre, Southampton SO14 7LY. A schedule of addresses, to be read in conjunction with the map, is also kept by the Council. Parents wishing to know if their address is in a particular catchment area can contact the Admissions Team, or log on to the council website www.southampton.gov.uk, click on “my Southampton”, follow the links, and enter their postcode. Distance: Distances are measured based on the shortest walking distance using public roads and footpaths. Distances are measured from home to school for all children. These are calculated using a computerised mapping system that uses data supplied by Ordnance Survey. Distances are measured from the point designated in the system as the home address to the point designated in the system as the mid-point of the nearest open pedestrian gate to the school, using public roads and footpaths. Late applications The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date will be late applications and will dealt with after all on time applicants have been offered a school place. If a school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in accordance with the priorities set out above. Unplaced children


Any children who remain unplaced after their application has been processed, because either they could not be offered a place at any school requested or their parents did not complete an application, will be offered a place at their linked junior school, if places are still available. If there are no places available at their linked junior school, they will be allocated a place at the nearest junior school to their home address with places available that is prepared to offer a place. Distance to their home address will be measured by public roads and footpaths. Waiting lists If a place cannot be offered at Fairisle Junior School, children will automatically be placed on the waiting list for the school. If places become available, children on the waiting list will automatically be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. This means that the waiting list will be re-ranked after every new expression of preference. The waiting list will be held until 31 July 2022. Any parent wishing to remain on the waiting list after this date will need to make a new in-year application to the school. Admission of children outside their normal age group Parents may request that their child is admitted outside their normal age group, for example, if the child is gifted or talented or has experienced problems such as ill health, or they are summer born and were admitted to Year R outside the normal age group. All requests will be considered on their merits by Southampton City Council taking account of the parent’s view and the views of the headteacher. Parents of summer-born children for whom education outside normal age group was previously agreed will be required to make a new request for entry into junior school. This should be done as if the child is placed in their correct year group. For example, a child who has been held back a year (decelerated) should be making a new request when the child is in Year 1. Before making such a request, parents are strongly advised to read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ document available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed. For all requests it is vital to understand that at each transition (starting reception, moving from infant to junior, primary to secondary, secondary to college) the decision whether to maintain the placement in a younger or older year group must be made by the admission authority for the school. As such, there is no guarantee that it will continue throughout the child’s education and a new parental request must be made before each transition. As a general rule, requests should only be made once per phase transfer, unless there has been a significant change in circumstances.

One admission authority cannot be required to honour a decision made by another admission authority on education out of normal age group. In-Year Admissions Admissions mid-year for any year group will be dealt with in accordance with this policy. Please contact the current school for an admission application form. Published Admission Numbers* School PAN Fairisle Junior School 90

*At the time of publication, Fairisle Junior School was using the SCC Admissions Policy and appropriate PAN. Please note that this is subject to change. The Council website has the most up to date information on school status (academisation etc.) and amendments to PANs that may have taken place in accordance with admissions legislation or school organisation decisions since publication.

SHIRLEY JUNIOR SCHOOL

ADMISSIONS POLICY

2021/22

The Hamwic Education Trust is the Admission Authority for the school and delegates the processing of admissions to the governing body. As required in the School Admissions Code, the governing body will consider all on-time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions. Parents may express up to three (3) preferences, listing them in the order in which they would accept them. All preferences will be considered and where more than one school could be offered, the parents will be offered a place for their child at the highest ranked of the schools that could be offered. Children with statements of special educational needs (SEN) / Education, Health and Care Plan (EHCP) that name the school Children with statements of special educational needs or EHCPs that name a school must be admitted to that school under the Education Act 1996 and with regard to the SEN Code of Practice. These children will be admitted to the named school, even if it is full, and are therefore outside the normal admission arrangements. As required by the Code these children will count as part of the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school. Published Admission Number Shirley Junior School will admit up to 90 children to Year 3 in September 2021. This will be the Published Admissions Number for this year group. Oversubscription criteria Applications submitted by 15 January 2021 will be dealt with first. If the number of applications submitted by 15 January 2021 is greater than the Published Admission Number (PAN) for a school, admissions to the school will be decided according to the following priorities:



attend that school for the following year. (This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit.) In the case of applications for places at junior schools a sibling at the linked infant school (Shirley Infant School) will count as a sibling at the junior school.


4. Children attending the linked infant school – Shirley Infant School. 5. Children of qualified teaching staff employed at the school for two or more years at the



distance using public roads and footpaths. Distances are measured from home to school.

These are calculated using a computerised mapping system that uses data supplied by Ordnance Survey. Distances are measured from the point designated in the system as the home address to the point designated in the system as the mid-point of the nearest open gate to the school, using public roads and footpaths.

If the school be oversubscribed from within any of the above criteria, then distance, as defined in 6. above will be used to prioritise applications. Should there be two or more identical distances requiring prioritisation, this will be done by casting lots. Late Applications The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date will be late applications. If the school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in· accordance with the priorities set out above. Waiting Lists If a place cannot be offered at Shirley Junior School, unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list. If places become available, children on the waiting list will be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on-time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. Each time a child is added to the waiting list, the waiting list will be re-ranked according to the Admissions Policy criteria. The waiting list will be held until 31st July 2022. Any parent wishing to remain on the waiting list after this date will need to make a new in-year application to the school.


One admission authority cannot be required to honour a decision made by another admission authority on education out of normal age group. Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme Shirley Junior School fully participates in the LA published co-ordinated admissions scheme. T he governors have delegated the management of the waiting list to the LA Admissions Team during the normal admission round. The waiting list will be passed to the school on 1st September 2021.

SHOLING JUNIOR SCHOOL

ADMISSIONS POLICY

2021/22

The Hamwic Education Trust is the Admission Authority for the school and delegates the processing of admissions to the governing body. As required in the School Admissions Code, the governing body will consider all on-time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions. Parents may express up to three (3) preferences, listing them in the order in which they would accept them. All preferences will be considered and where more than one school could be offered, the parents will be offered a place for their child at the highest ranked of the schools that could be offered. Children with statements of special educational needs (SEN) / Education, Health and Care Plan (EHCP) that name the school Children with statements of special educational needs or EHCPs that name a school must be admitted to that school under the Education Act 1996 and with regard to the SEN Code of Practice. These children will be admitted to the named school, even if it is full, and are therefore outside the normal admission arrangements. As required by the Code these children will count as part of the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school. Published Admission Number Sholing Junior School will admit up to 90 children to Year 3 in September 2021. This will be the Published Admissions Number for this year group. Oversubscription criteria Applications submitted by 15 January 2021 will be dealt with first. If the number of applications submitted by 15 January 2021 is greater than the Published Admission Number (PAN) for a school, admissions to the school will be decided according to the following priorities:



attend that school for the following year. (This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit.) In the case of applications for places at junior schools a sibling at the linked infant school (Sholing Infant School) will count as a sibling at the junior school.


4. Children attending the linked infant school – Sholing Infant School. 5. Children of qualified teaching staff employed at the school for two or more years at the



distance using public roads and footpaths. Distances are measured from home to school. These are calculated using a computerised mapping system that uses data supplied by

Ordnance Survey. Distances are measured from the point designated in the system as the home address to the point designated in the system as the mid-point of the nearest open gate to the school, using public roads and footpaths.

If the school be oversubscribed from within any of the above criteria, then distance, as defined in 6. above will be used to prioritise applications. Should there be two or more identical distances requiring prioritisation, this will be done by casting lots. Late Applications The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date will be late applications. If the school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in· accordance with the priorities set out above. Waiting Lists If a place cannot be offered at Sholing Junior School, unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list. If places become available, children on the waiting list will be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on-time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. Each time a child is added to the waiting list, the waiting list will be re-ranked according to the Admissions Policy criteria. The waiting list will be held until 31st July 2022. Any parent wishing to remain on the waiting list after this date will need to make a new in-year application to the school. Admission of children outside their normal age group. Parents may request that their child is admitted outside their normal age group, for example, if the child is gifted or talented or has experienced problems such as ill health, or they are summer born and were admitted to Year R outside the normal age group. Parents of summer-born children for whom education outside normal age group was previously agreed will be required to make a new request for entry into junior school. This should be done as if the child is placed in their correct year group. For example, a child who has been held back a year (decelerated) should be making a new request in Year 1. Any parent wishing to apply for a place outside their normal age group should read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ document available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed. All requests will be considered on their merits by the governing body taking account of the parent’s view and the views of the headteacher. For all requests it is vital to understand that at each transition (starting reception, moving from infant to junior, primary to secondary, secondary to college) the decision whether to maintain the placement in a younger or older year group must be made by the admission authority for the school. As such, there is no guarantee that it will continue throughout the child’s education and a new parental request must be made before each transition. As a general rule, requests should only be made once per phase transfer, unless there has been a significant change in circumstances.

One admission authority cannot be required to honour a decision made by another admission authority on education out of normal age group. Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme Sholing Junior School fully participates in the LA published co-ordinated admissions scheme. T he governors have delegated the management of the waiting list to the LA Admissions Team during the normal admission round. The waiting list will be passed to the school on 1st September 2021.

1 Townhill Junior School Admissions Policy 2021- 2022

Townhill Junior School is part of the REACH Cooperative Trust. The Governing Body (GB) of the school is the admission authority for the school. As required in the School Admissions Code, the GB will consider all on time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions. Parents may express up to three (3) preferences, listing them in the order in which they would accept them. All preferences will be considered and where more than one school could be offered, the parents will be offered a place for their child at the highest ranked of the schools that could be offered. Published Admission Number (PAN) Townhill Junior School will admit up to 90 pupils to Year 3 in September 2021. Children with Education, Health and Care Plans (EHCP) that name a school Children with Education, Health and Care Plans (EHCPs) that name a school must be admitted to that school under the Education Act 1996 and with regard to the SEND Code of Practice. These children will be admitted to the named school, even if it is full, and are therefore outside the normal admission arrangements. As required by the Code these children will count as part of the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school.




3. Children attending the linked infant school (Townhill Infant School) at the time

of application.




https://www.google.com/url?sa=i&url=http://www.corrigenda.co.uk/portfolio/townhill-junior-school/&psig=AOvVaw39wMIW9i-bv5y1yziH_J7a&ust=1571483696867000&source=images&cd=vfe&ved=0CAIQjRxqFwoTCPCYuo7XpeUCFQAAAAAdAAAAABAG

2




• Townhill Infant School links to Townhill Junior School

Sibling: This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit. In the case of applications for places at a junior school, a sibling at the linked infant school will count as a sibling at the junior school. A sibling is defined as a brother or sister including half, step, foster or adoptive brother or sister, living within the same family unit at the same address. Catchment Area: A “designated catchment area” for a school is the area set out in the definitive catchment area map for each school. This map is held by Southampton City Council, Civic Centre, Southampton SO14 7LY. A schedule of addresses, to be read in conjunction with the map, is also kept by the Council. Parents wishing to know if their address is in a particular catchment area can contact the Admissions Team, or log on to the council website www.southampton.gov.uk, click on “My Southampton”, follow the links, and enter their postcode. Distance: Distances are measured based on the shortest walking distance using public roads and footpaths. Distances are measured from home to school for all children. These are calculated using a computerised mapping system that uses data supplied by Ordnance Survey. Distances are measured from the point designated in the system as the home address to the point designated in the system as the mid-point of the nearest open pedestrian gate to the school, using public roads and footpaths. Late applications The closing date for applications is 15 January 2021. Applications received after that date will be late applications and will dealt with after all on time applicants have been offered a school place. If a school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in accordance with the priorities set out above.



3

Waiting lists If a place cannot be offered at Townhill Junior School, all unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list. If places become available, children on the waiting list will be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. This means that waiting lists will be re-ranked after every new expression of preference. The waiting list will be held until 31 July 2022. Any parent wishing to remain on the waiting list after this date will need to make a new in-year application to the school. Admission of children outside their normal age group







4


1 Bitterne Park School Admissions Policy 2021‐ 2022

Bitterne Park School is part of the REACH Cooperative Trust. The Governing Body (GB) of the school is the admission authority for the school. As required in the School Admissions Code, the GB will consider all on time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions.


Bitterne Park School will admit up to 360 pupils to Year 7 in September 2021.

Children with Education, Health and Care Plans (EHCPs) that name a school



Applications submitted by 31 October 2020 will be dealt with first. If the number of applications submitted by 31 October 2020 for the school is greater than the PAN for the school, admissions will be decided according to the following priorities:

1. Children in public care (looked after children) and previously looked after children as defined by section 1.7 of the School Admissions Code, which states: Previously looked after children are children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a childarrangements order or special guardianship order).


3. Children who have a sibling already on the roll of the school who will continue to attend the school during the following year.

4. Children, up to a maximum of 36, who score highest in the aptitude test for performing arts. In the event of a tie in the aptitude scoring the child/children closest to the school will be given priority.

5. Children whose parents have satisfied the Governing Body that their child hasa significant medical or psychological condition which means they must attend the preferred school rather than any other. Applications must be supported byappropriate written evidence from a doctor or psychologist.

6. Children who live within the school's designated catchment area.

7. Children attending a feeder junior or primary school.


Should the school be oversubscribed from within any of the criteria, then distance, as

2

defined below, will be used to prioritise applications within these categories. Shouldthere be two or more identical distances requiring prioritisation, this will be done bycasting lots. Lots will be drawn independently by the Education Lead, SouthamptonCity Council.

Definitions

Sibling: This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit. A sibling is defined as a brother or sister including half, step, or foster or adoptive brother or sister, living within the same family unit at the same address.

Catchment Area: A “designated catchment area” for a school is the area set out in the definitive catchment area map for each school. This map is held by Southampton City Council, Civic Centre, Southampton SO14 7LY. A schedule of addresses, to be read in conjunction with the map, is also kept by the Council. Parents wishing to know if their address is in a particular catchment area can contact the Admissions Team, or log on to the council website www.southampton.gov.uk, click on “my Southampton”, follow the links, and enter their postcode.

Feeder Junior or Primary School: priority will be given to children attending a feeder junior of primary school at the closing date of applications. They are as follows:

Bitterne Park School - Townhill Junior, Bitterne Park Primary, Bitterne Manor Primary, Beechwood Junior, St Denys Primary, Moorlands Primary


Late applications

The closing date for applications is 31 October 2020. Applications received after that date will be late applications and will dealt with after all on-time applicants have been offered a school place. If a school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in accordance with the priorities set out above.

Waiting lists

If a place cannot be offered at Bitterne Park School, all unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list. If places become available, children on the waiting list will be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn.

The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on-time applications and


3

placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. This means that waiting lists will be re-ranked after every new expression of preference.

The waiting list will be held until 31 July 2022. Any parent wishing to remain on the waiting list after this date will need to make a new in-year application for the school.

Admission of children outside their normal age group

Parents may request that their child is admitted outside their normal age group, for example, if the child is gifted or talented or has experienced problems such as ill health, or they are summer born and were admitted to Year R or Year 3 outside the normal age group. All requests will be considered on their merits, taking account of the parent’s view and the views of the headteacher.

Parents of summer-born children for whom education outside normal age group was previously agreed will be required to make a new request for entry into secondary school. This should be done as if the child is placed in their correct year group. For example, a child who has been held back a year (decelerated) should be making a new request when the child is in Year 5.

Before making such a request, parents are strongly advised to read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ document available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed.

For all requests it is vital to understand that at each transition (starting reception, moving from infant to junior, primary to secondary, secondary to college) the decision whether to maintain the placement in a younger or older year group must be made by the admission authority for the school. As such, there is no guarantee that it will continue throughout the child’s education and a new parental request must be made before each transition. As a general rule, requests should only be made once per phase transfer, unless there has been a significant change in circumstances. One admission authority cannot be required to honour a decision made by another admission authority on education out of normal age group

In Year Admissions


Bitterne Park Sixth Form College

Admission & Progression Policy and Procedure for Full-time students aged 16-19

Students will be admitted into the Sixth Form at age 16 where the College agrees it is able to offer and resource, for the student, a programme of study from which he or she will benefit. Applications can be submitted from September 2020 until May 2021. Applications should be made online at www.bitterneparksixthform.org.uk Admissions The College offers places to students: who can demonstrate on their application form and at interview that they will benefit

from further study at Bitterne Park Sixth Form College. who are able to provide satisfactory references. who meet the entry requirements for the level of course.

Entry requirements For Level 3 study, students must have at least 5 GCSEs at grades 4 (or equivalent) or

higher, including English and Maths. Students must also meet the specific entry requirements for the courses /

subjects that they wish to study. Each course / subject has specific entrance requirements. These may change.

The most up-to-date requirements are available on the Sixth Form website. The entry requirements are designed to help students make informed choices and to ensure that a student starting a course has a reasonable chance of success on that programme.

Students who achieve a grade 2 or below in English Language will not usually be offered a place unless they are part of our Integrated Studies Programme of Study.

Oversubscription The Governing Body of the School will admit 100 students each year. The College will admit applicants who meet the admissions requirements, up to this limit. Priority when allocating College places to on time applicants Priority will be given to: 1. Looked after children and previously looked after children who meet the entry

requirements. 2. Applicants who have attended Bitterne Park School who meet the entry

requirements. 3. Applicants who are successful at interview. 4. Applicants who have attended the Introductory Day. 5. Applicants for whom this is their first attempt at post 16 education. Successful applicants who do not respond to their offer within the timescale given will have their places withdrawn and offered to another student. Priority for places on specific courses or subjects In some instances subjects / courses may become full. Students who have followed

http://www.bitterneparksixthform.org.uk/

the guidelines above, who meet the general and specific entrance requirements and who have not changed their planned courses between first interview and enrolment, will be offered their agreed subjects. Students who change their minds at the Enrolment interview can only be offered places on their new choice courses where these are available. Priority will be given to first year students wishing to take first year programmes such as AS levels or the first year of an A level course. Waiting list When allocating students from our waiting list we will take into account the following factors: • Date of original application • Response to subsequent College communications • Whether a student has moved into the area recently • References Overseas Students Overseas students will need to have proof of the appropriate VISA to study in the UK and to be able to access the appropriate funding (EFSA guidance). It may be necessary, as part of the application process, for us to find out more information or conduct assessments, particularly if the applicant has non-standard qualifications. We reserve the right to ask a prospective student to sit any relevant assessments in order to assess whether they can benefit from a place at College and to ensure the College provides the most appropriate support and guidance for their studies. Progression from first year to second year Progression describes the movement of students from the first year of a two year programme into the second year of their course. Progression from the first year of a course into the second is not an automatic right, though in most cases students progress without issue. To progress students must continue all the courses they signed up to in their first year of study. students must pass all their courses in the end of year assessments. Any student failing to meet these criteria will have their place reviewed. The college will take into account the reports and views of their teachers in the first year, their exam results and the student’s future plans. In addition, the guidelines in the admissions policy above apply. Restarters Restarters are students from Bitterne Park Sixth Form or other school sixth forms / post-16 colleges who wish to start the level again at Bitterne Park Sixth Form College. Students wishing to start a Level 3 course again will be treated as new applicants. in addition to the requirements above they will have to convince the College of the educational and personal rationale for starting afresh. This will take into account their potential achievement, fundamental changes to career plans, past level of commitment, any relevant health issues, views of College staff, contribution to the

College community and whether adequate funding is available. Students wishing to repeat the second year of their programme or start a new Level 3 programme, having already completed one, will not normally be allowed to do so. In exceptional circumstances this may be authorised following a meeting with the Head of Sixth Form if they can convince the College of the educational and personal rationale for a repeat of the year or a new Level 3 programme. This will take into account their potential achievement, fundamental changes to career plans or career choice, past level of commitment, any relevant health issues, views of College staff and contribution to the College community. The admissions requirements above will also apply. Admission of students of other schools and colleges into Year 2 Applications for admission/transfer into relevant courses will be considered from students who have taken courses elsewhere on the following basis: If the student has moved into the area and is unable to continue their studies at

their previous school or college. If the student meets the normal admissions criteria for the College and is

recommended for progression to courses by their former establishment. If the student provides the College with specific information about the

examinations taken and if the College can confirm where appropriate that the examination board transfer is acceptable.

The admissions requirements above will also apply.

Appeal Procedure Please contact the Head of Sixth Form in the first instance if you are not happy with a decision about admissions. Applicants not offered a place may appeal to an independent statutory appeals panel established under the current regulations especially for this purpose. Please contact the school for more information.

1

g

Admissions Policy

Admissions Policy for academic year 2021 -2022

Statutory/Non-Statutory: Statutory

Approval Level: Whole Governing Body

Approved by Governing Body:

Author: Ian Creswell, Deputy Headteacher, Pastoral Care

Review Date: March 2019 Next Review Date: October 2020

Cantell – An exceptional school experience: Academic excellence / Exciting teaching & learning

Life-changing opportunities / A richly diverse community

Insert picture here

2021/2022

2

Admissions Policy for academic year 2021-2022

Cantell School is a Foundation School and part of the Aspire Community Trust. The school is its own admission authority.

As required in the School Admissions Code, the authority will consider all on-time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions. The closing date for all applications for school places is the 31st October 2020. Further information can be found on the Southampton City Council website.

The Governing Body (GB) of the school is the admission authority for the school. The authority will consider all on-time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions.

Cantell School has a Published Admission Number (PAN) of 250.

Children with Education, Health and Care Plans (EHCPs) that name a school



Applications submitted by 31 October 2020will be dealt with first. If the number of applications submitted by 31 October 2020 for a school is greater than the PAN for the school, admissions will be decided according to the following priorities:

1. Children in public care (looked after children) and previously looked after children as defined in paragraph 1.7 of the School Admissions Code 2014.


3. Children who have a sibling already on roll at Cantell School who will continue to attend the following year.


5. Children of staff employed at Cantell School for two or more years at the time of application and/or the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage.

6. Children who live within the schools designated catchment area.

7. Children attending a feeder junior or primary school.


3

Should the school be oversubscribed from within any of the criteria, then distance, as defined below, will be used to prioritise applications within these categories. Should there be two or more identical distances requiring prioritisation, this will be done by casting lots. Lots will be drawn by the Education Lead, Southampton City Council, independent from the school.

Definitions

Sibling: This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit. A sibling is defined as a brother or sister including half, step, or foster or adoptive brother or sister, living within the same family unit at the same address.

Catchment Area: A “designated catchment area” for a school is the area set out in the definitive catchment area map for each school. This map is held by Southampton City Council, Civic Centre, Southampton SO14 7LY. A schedule of addresses, to be read in conjunction with the map, is also kept by the Council. Parents wishing to know if their address is in a particular catchment area can contact the Admissions Team, or log on to the council website www.southampton.gov.uk, click on “my Southampton”, follow the links, and enter their postcode.

Feeder Junior or Primary School: priority will be given to children attending a feeder junior or primary school at the closing date of applications. They are as follows:

• Cantell School – Bassett Green Primary School, Bevois Town Primary School, Highfield CofE Primary School, Portswood Primary School, Mansbridge Primary School, Mount Pleasant Junior School, Swaythling Primary School.


Late applications

The closing date for applications is 31 October 2020. Applications received after that date will be late applications and will dealt with after all on-time applicants have been offered a school place. If a school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in accordance with the priorities set out above.

Waiting lists

If a place cannot be offered at Cantell, all unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list for the school. If places become available, children on the waiting list will automatically be offered them according to the priorities set out above. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on-time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. This means that waiting lists will be re-ranked after every new expression of preference.



4

Admission of children outside their normal age group

Parents may request that their child is admitted outside their normal age group, for example, if the child is gifted or talented or has experienced problems such as ill health, or they are summer born and were admitted to Year R or Year 3 outside the normal age group. All requests will be considered on their merits, taking account of the parent’s view and the views of the headteacher.

Parents of summer-born children for whom education outside normal age group was previously agreed will be required to make a new request for entry into secondary school. This should be done as if the child is placed in their correct year group. For example, a child who has been held back a year (decelerated) should be making a new request when the child is in Year 5.

Before making such a request, parents are strongly advised to read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ document available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed.



In-Year Admissions


Open Evenings/Visits

Parents are welcome to visit the school at any time, by appointment, where there is the opportunity to see the school in operation during the working day. Dates for the Open Evening and Events will be published on the school website. For an appointment please contact the Headteacher’s PA on 023 80516722.

Policy Review

This admissions policy will be reviewed annually.

Admission Policy

CHAMBERLAYNE COLLEGE FOR THE ARTS

Expect More. Achieve More.

Owner Policy Type Approved by Date approved

Next review date

Data Manager Model with amends GB Mar 2019 Mar 2020


Expect More. Achieve More. www.chamberlayne.org

Tickleford Drive, Southampton, SO19 9QP tel: 023 8044 7820 email: [email protected]

Headteacher: Mr N. S. Giles BA (Hons)

ADMISSION POLICY General Principles Chamberlayne College for the Arts is a Trust school and therefore the governing body are the admission authority. Chamberlayne College for the Arts is an 11-16, mixed comprehensive school. We have Specialist Status as an Arts College, but do not have any requirement for aptitude from prospective students. The main principle of admission to Chamberlayne College is to maintain the character of the school as a comprehensive school, providing for the needs of young people within the 11-16 age range. Admission to our school is not dependent on any ‘voluntary’ contribution. Pupils will be admitted at the age of 11+ without reference to ability or aptitude using the criteria below. The admission number for September each year will be 180. The School participates in the Local Authority co-ordinated scheme and all deadlines within that should be adhered to by applicants. Children with a Statement Special Educational Needs naming the school, will be admitted and will count as part of the Published Admission Number (PAN) Definitions and Details Sibling By sibling we mean:

Children living at the same address who have one or both natural parents in common,

Children living at the same address who are related by a parent’s marriage,

Children living at the same address whose parents are living as partners at this address.

We do not include cousins within our definition of sibling.





Home Address Proof of residence will be required by the co-ordinated scheme. The offer of a place may be withdrawn if proof of residency is not met. Where a child lives part of the week with one parent and part with another member of the family, the ‘home address’ will be considered to be the residence where the child spends at least three nights of the school week each week. Ethos The ethos of this school is based on the arts. We regard good behaviour, loyalty to and respect for others, endeavour, team work and commitment as important attributes and expect our students to pursue excellence in all that they undertake. Oversubscription In the event of over subscription, applications will be considered first and determined using the following criteria:

1. Looked after children and children subject to an adoption, special guardianship or residency order who were looked after immediately before the order was made.

2. Children with a brother or sister (sibling) attending the school at the time of application with a reasonable expectation they will be attending at the time of at the start of the new academic year,

3. Tie Breaker Other children according to distance from home to school with priority going to children nearest to the school using a straight line distance from the main entrance to the school in Tickleford Drive to the home address of the child. Distances will be measured using the GIS system of the Southampton City Council. Distances from blocks of flats or houses in multiple occupation, it will be measured from the communal door of the property. In the event of two or more applicants having the same home to school distance, lots will be drawn to determine which child has the highest priority for admission.

Applications from outside the priority admission area described above (or from children who have not attended a named feeder school/s) will be considered if there are still places available and will be determined by the following criteria: Medical Need





In the event of oversubscription in any criterion then applicants with medical need (as defined and evidenced) will have priority and then applicants will be ranked according to distance as defined in your distance criterion. Waiting Lists Under the co-ordinated scheme the Local Authority (LA) will maintain a waiting list until the end of the Autumn term. The school will continue to maintain a waiting list for subsequent terms. Applications for inclusion on a waiting list must be made on the school’s appropriate form and they will be ranked according to our oversubscription criteria as described above. We have to admit any pupil who is the subject of a ‘direction’ by the LA or allocated to us according to the local Fair Access Protocol and any such pupils take precedence over the waiting list. We also maintain waiting lists for all ‘full’ year groups. Appeals All unsuccessful applicants have the right of appeal to an independent panel against the refusal of a place at the school. Guidance on the appeals process is normally sent to all unsuccessful applicants. You should read the guidance carefully and then if you wish to appeal you should follow the instructions in the guidance on the process to follow.

Admissions Policy Admissions Arrangements

2021/2022

Admissions Policy 2021/2022 Oasis Academy Lord’s Hill

1 Introduction

1.1 This document sets out the admission arrangements for Oasis Academy Lord’s Hill. Throughout this document referred to as “the Academy”. These arrangements are without prejudice to the provisions of Annex 3 to the Master Funding Agreement.

1.2 Any changes to the arrangements set out in this document must be approved in advance by the Secretary of State.

1.3 Oasis Academy Lord’s Hill is a non-selective school open to students of all religious faiths or those of no faith.

2 School Admissions Code/ School Admissions Appeal Code

2.1 The Academy will comply with all relevant provisions of the statutory codes of practice (the School Admissions Code of Practice and the School Admission Appeals Code of Practice) as they apply at any given time to maintained schools and with the law on admissions as it applies to maintained schools.

2.2 Reference in the codes to admission authorities shall be deemed to be references to Oasis Community Learning. References to “the Local Authority” (LA) shall be deemed to be references to the Southampton City Council. In particular, the Academy will take part in the Admissions Forum set up by the LA and have regard to its advice; and will participate in the co-ordinated admission arrangements operated by the LA.

2.3 Notwithstanding these arrangements, the Secretary of State may direct the Academy to admit a named student to the Academy on application from an LA. Before doing so the Secretary of State will consult the Academy.

3 Admission arrangements approved by the Secretary of State

The admission arrangements for the Academy for the year 2021/2022 and, subject to any changes approved by the Secretary of State, for subsequent years are:

3.1 The Academy has an agreed admission number of 180 students in Year 7. The Academy will accordingly admit at least 180 students in the relevant age group each year if sufficient applications are received.

3.2 The Academy may set a higher admission number as its Published Admission Number for any specific year. Before setting an admission number higher than its agreed admission number, the Academy will consult with the relevant parties . Students will not be admitted above the Published Admission Number unless exceptional circumstances apply and such circumstances shall be reported to the Secretary of State.

3.3 If the Academy admits a total of 26 students in excess of its admission number in any 3 year period it will determine a higher admission number, after consulting the relevant parties.

Admissions procedures

4 Application process

Applications for places at the Academy will be made in accordance with the LA’s co-ordinated admission arrangements and will be made on the Common Application Form (CAF) provided and administered by the LA.

Please access the application form by visiting the Southampton City Council website -https://www.southampton.gov.uk/schools-learning/find-school/apply-school/

The process of allocating places will begin after 31st October 2020. If you apply online, you will be sent an email from Southampton City Local Authority on 1st March 2021.

5 Procedures where the Academy is oversubscribed

5.1 Where the number of applications for admission is greater than the published admissions number, applications will be considered against the criteria set out below. After the admission of students with Statements of Special Educational Needs where the Academy is named on the Statement, the criteria will be applied in the order in which they are set out below:

1. Children in public care (Looked after and those formerly in public care as defined in paragraph 1.7 of the Schools Admissions Code.

2. Children for whom the Academy is appropriate on genuine social or medical grounds. Such applications will be decided by the Academy Council or nominated panel. (Such applications will only be considered under this criterion if they are supported by a written statement from a doctor or social worker. This must demonstrate that there is a very specific connection between the child’s medical or social need and the school requested).

3. Siblings of students who will be members of Years 7 to 11 (on the “roll‟) at the Academy on the date when the applicant would be admitted. The term “sibling” means a full, half, adopted or fostered brother or sister, or other child living permanently within the same household. The Academy reserves the right to ask for proof of relationship after an offer is made.

4. Admission of students on the basis of proximity to the Academy using straight line measurement from the main entrance of the Academy to the main entrance of the child’s home. Places are allocated on a geographical basis to children who live nearest to the Academy. The distance used to determine how close the child lives to the Academy will be the direct line measurement from the front door of the permanent home address to the main entrance to the Academy site. The child’s permanent home address is where he or she normally lives and sleeps and goes to school from. Proof of residence – such as a council tax bill or utility bill – can be requested at any time throughout the admissions process. If false or misleading information is used to gain entry to the Academy, the offer of a place may be withdrawn.

If there are more applicants than there are places remaining within a particular category and where there is no difference in distance from home to school for two or more children, random allocation, carried out by a person or persons unconnected with the Academy, will be used to allocate the final available place(s) and to establish priority on the waiting list.

If false or misleading information is used to gain entry to the Academy, applicants may lose their priority for admission.

Parents/carers will have the right of appeal to an independent appeal panel if they are dissatisfied with an admission decision of the Academy. See point 7.1 for further details.

6 Operation of waiting lists

6.1 The waiting list for Oasis Academy Lord’s Hill is held and maintained by Southampton City Local Authority. For more information on the waiting list, please visit https://www.southampton.gov.uk/schools-learning.

7 Arrangements for appeals panels

7.1 All applicants refused a place have a right of appeal to an independent appeal panel constituted and operated in accordance with the School Admission Appeals Code. Appellants should contact https://www.southampton.gov.uk/schools-learning for information on how to appeal and for the timetable for appeals. 8 Arrangements for admitting students to other year groups, including to replace any students who have left the Academy

8.1 Subject to any provisions in the LA’s co-ordinated admission arrangements relating to applications submitted for years other than the normal year of entry, the Academy must consider all such applications and, if the year group applied for has a place available, admit the child. As from September 2010 all in-year applications must be directed to the Local Authority under new coordinated in-year admission arrangements.

8.2 A designated number of 180 students applies to Year Groups 8 to 11. However, within the exceptional circumstance set out in paragraph 3.12 of the School Admissions Code, the Academy may, if it has a high proportion of challenging students on roll, refuse to admit a challenging child where there are places available on the grounds that admission would prejudice the provision of efficient education or the efficient use of resources. If more applications are received than there are places available, the oversubscription criteria shall apply. Parents/carers whose application is turned down are entitled to appeal.

https://www.southampton.gov.uk/schools-learning


Admissions Policy 2021/2022

Admissions Policy – Oasis Academy Mayfield 2021-2022

1 Introduction

1.1 This document sets out the admission arrangements for Oasis Academy Mayfield. Throughout this document referred to as “the Academy”. These arrangements are without prejudice to the provisions of Annex 3 to the Master Funding Agreement.


1.3 Oasis Academy Mayfield is a non-selective school open to students of all religious faiths or those of no faith.







3.1 The Academy has an agreed admission number of 180 students in year 7. The Academy will accordingly admit at least 180 students in the relevant age group each year if sufficient applications are received.

3.2 The Academy may set a higher admission number as its Published Admission Number for any specific year. Before setting an admission number higher than its agreed admission number, the Academy will consult those listed at paragraph 11.2 below. Students will not be admitted above the Published Admission Number unless exceptional circumstances apply and such circumstances shall be reported to the Secretary of State.

3.3 If the Academy admits a total of 26 students in excess of its admission number in any 3 year period it will determine a higher admission number, after consulting those bodies listed at paragraph 11.2.



Applications for places at the Academy will be made in accordance with the LA‟s co-ordinated admission arrangements and will be made on the Common Application Form (CAF) provided and administered by the LA.

4.1 The Academy will use the following timetable for applications each year (exact dates within the months may vary from year to year) which, whenever possible, will fit in with the common timetable agreed by the Admissions Forum or LA:

• September - The Academy will publish in its prospectus information about the arrangements for admission, including oversubscription criteria, for the following September (eg in September 2015 for admission in September 2016). The Academy will also provide information to the LA for inclusion in the composite prospectus, as required.

• September/October - The Academy will provide opportunities for parents/carers to visit the Academy. • October - CAF to be completed and returned to the LA to administer. • November/December - LA sends applications to Academy. • January- Academy sends list of students to be offered places to LA. • February - LA applies agreed scheme for own schools, informing other LAs of offers to be made to

their residents. • 1st March offers made to parents/carers.

5 Consideration of applications

5.1 The Academy will consider all applications for places. Where fewer than 180 applications are received, the Academy will offer places to all those who have applied.






4. Admission of students on the basis of proximity to the Academy using straight line measurement from the main entrance of the Academy to the main entrance of the child’s home. Places are allocated on a geographical basis to children who live nearest to the Academy. The distance used to determine how close the child lives to the Academy will be the direct line measurement from the front door of the permanent home address to the main entrance to the Academy site. The child’s permanent home address is where he or she normally lives and sleeps and goes to school from. Proof of residence – such as a council tax bill or utility bill – can be requested at any time throughout the admissions process. If false or misleading information is used to gain entry to the Academy, the offer of a place may be withdrawn.



Parents/carers will have the right of appeal to an Independent Appeal Panel if they are dissatisfied with an admission decision of the Academy. See 8.1 for more details.

7 Operation of waiting lists 7.1 The waiting list for Oasis Academy Mayfield is held and maintained by Southampton City Local Authority. For more information on the waiting list, please visit https://www.southampton.gov.uk/schools-learning 8 Arrangements for appeals panels 8.1 All applicants refused a place have a right of appeal to an independent appeal panel constituted and operated in accordance with the School Admission Appeals Code. Appellants should contact https://www.southampton.gov.uk/schools-learning for information on how to appeal and for the timetable for appeals.

9 Arrangements for admitting students to other year groups, including to replace any students who have left the Academy



10 Annual procedures for determining admission arrangements

10.1 The Academy shall consult each year on its proposed admission arrangements.

10.2 The Academy will consult by 1st March: • Southampton LA. • Southampton Admissions Forum. • Any other admission authorities for primary and secondary schools located within the relevant area for consultation set by the LA. • Any other governing body for primary and secondary schools (as far as not falling within the above) located within the relevant area for consultation. • Parents/ carers in the relevant area for consultation whose children have attained the age of two but are not above compulsory school age and who are or will be eligible to apply to be admitted to the Academy. • Community groups which the Academy considers relevant. • Teaching Unions (if the consultation includes an increase in admissions number). • The Sponsor for the Academy (Oasis Community Learning).

10.3 Following consultation, the Academy will consider comments made by those consulted. The Academy will then determine its admission arrangements by 15th April of the relevant year and notify those consulted what has been determined.



11 Publication of admission arrangements

11.1 The Academy will publish its admission arrangements each year once these have been determined by: • Copies being sent to primary and secondary schools in the LA. • Copies being sent to the offices of the LA and consultees in 10.2 above. • Copies being made available without charge on request from the Academy. • Copies being sent to public libraries in the area of the LA for the purposes of being made available at such libraries for reference by parents/carers and other persons.

11.2 The published arrangements will set out: • The name and address of the Academy and contact details • A summary of the admissions policy, including oversubscription criteria • A statement of any religious affiliation • Numbers of places and applications for those places in the previous year • Arrangements for hearing appeals

12 Representations about admission arrangements

12.1 Where any of those bodies that were consulted, or that should have been consulted, make representations to the Academy about its admission arrangements, the Academy will consider such representations before determining the admission arrangements.

12.2 Where the Academy has determined its admission arrangements and notified all those bodies whom it has consulted and any of those bodies object to the Academy’s admission arrangements they can make representations to the Secretary of State. The Secretary of State will consider the representation and in so doing will consult the Academy. Where he judges it appropriate, the Secretary of State may direct the Academy to amend its admission arrangements.

12.3 Those consulted have the right to ask the Academy to increase its proposed Published Admissions Number for any year. Where such a request is made, but agreement cannot be reached locally, they may ask the Secretary of State to direct the Academy to increase its proposed Published Admissions Number. The Secretary of State will consult the Academy and will then determine the Published Admission Number.

12.4 In addition to the provisions at paragraphs 12.1, 12.2 and 12.3, the Secretary of State may direct changes to the Academy’s proposed admission arrangements and, in addition to the provisions above, the Secretary of State may direct changes to the proposed Published Admissions Number.

13 Proposed changes to admission arrangements by the Academy after arrangements have been published

13.1 Once the admission arrangements have been determined for a particular year and published, the Academy will propose changes only if there is a major change of circumstances.

13.2 In such cases, the Academy must notify those consulted under paragraph 10.2 above of the proposed variation and must then apply to the Secretary of State setting out: • The proposed changes • Reasons for wishing to make such changes • Any comments or objections from those entitled to object

14 Need to secure Secretary of State’s approval for changes to admission arrangements

14.1 The Secretary of State will consider applications from the Academy to change its admission Arrangements only when the Academy has notified and consulted on the proposed changes as outlined in 10.2.

14.2 Where the Academy has consulted on proposed changes the Academy must secure the agreement of the Secretary of State before any such changes can be implemented. The Academy must seek the Secretary of State’s approval in writing, setting out the reasons for the proposed changes and passing to him any comments or objections from other admission authorities/other persons.

14.3 The Secretary of State can approve, modify or reject proposals from the Academy to change its admission arrangements.

15 Admission records

15.1 Records of applications and admissions shall be kept by the Academy for a minimum period of ten years and shall be open for inspection by the Secretary of State.

Admissions Policy 2021/2022

Admissions Policy – Oasis Academy Sholing 2021-2022

1 Introduction

1.1 This document sets out the admission arrangements for Oasis Academy Sholing. Throughout this document referred to as “the Academy”. These arrangements are without prejudice to the provisions of Annex 3 to the Master Funding Agreement.


1.3 Oasis Academy Sholing is a non-selective school open to students of all religious faiths or those of no faith.







3.1 The Academy has an agreed admission number of 180 students in year 7. The Academy will accordingly admit at least 180 students in the relevant age group each year if sufficient applications are received.

3.2 The Academy may set a higher admission number as its Published Admission Number for any specific year. Before setting an admission number higher than its agreed admission number, the Academy will consult with the relevant parties. . Students will not be admitted above the Published Admission Number unless exceptional circumstances apply and such circumstances shall be reported to the Secretary of State.

3.3 If the Academy admits a total of 26 students in excess of its admission number in any 3 year period it will determine a higher admission number, after consulting with the relevant parties.



Applications for places at the Academy will be made in accordance with the LA‟s co-ordinated admission arrangements and will be made on the Common Application Form (CAF) provided and administered by the LA.

Please access the application form by visiting the Southampton City Council website -https://www.southampton.gov.uk/schools-learning/find-school/apply-school/

The process of allocating places will begin after 31st October 2020. If you apply online, you will be sent an email from Southampton City Local Authority on 1st March 2021.

5 Consideration of applications

5.1 The Academy will consider all applications for places. Where fewer than 180 applications are received, the Academy will offer places to all those who have applied.






4. Admission of students on the basis of proximity to the Academy using straight line measurement from the main entrance of the Academy to the main entrance of the child’s home. Places are allocated on a geographical basis to children who live nearest to the Academy. The distance used to determine

how close the child lives to the Academy will be the direct line measurement from the front door of the permanent home address to the main entrance to the Academy site. The child’s permanent home address is where he or she normally lives and sleeps and goes to school from. Proof of residence – such as a council tax bill or utility bill – can be requested at any time throughout the admissions process. If false or misleading information is used to gain entry to the Academy, the offer of a place may be withdrawn.



Parents/carers will have the right of appeal to an Independent Appeal Panel if they are dissatisfied with an admission decision of the Academy. See point 8.1 for further details.

7 Operation of waiting lists

7.1 The waiting list for Oasis Academy Sholing is held and maintained by Southampton City Local Authority.

For more information on the waiting list, please visit https://www.southampton.gov.uk/schools-learning.

8 Arrangements for appeals panels

8.1 All applicants refused a place have a right of appeal to an independent appeal panel constituted and operated in accordance with the School Admission Appeals Code. Appellants should contact https://www.southampton.gov.uk/schools-learning for information on how to appeal and for the timetable for appeals.

9 Arrangements for admitting students to other year groups, including to replace any students who have left the Academy





1 Redbridge Community School Admissions Policy 2021- 2022

Redbridge Community School is part of the REACH Cooperative Trust. The Governing Body (GB) of the school is the admission authority for the school. As required in the School Admissions Code, the GB will consider all on time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions. Parents may express up to three (3) preferences, listing them in the order in which they would accept them. All preferences will be considered and where more than one school could be offered, the parents will be offered a place for their child at the highest ranked of the schools that could be offered. Published Admission Number (PAN) Redbridge Community School will admit up to 210 pupils to Year 7 in September 2021. Children with Education, Health and Care Plans (EHCPs) that name a school Children with Education, Health and Care Plans (EHCPs) that name a school must be admitted to that school under the Education Act 1996 and with regard to the SEND Code of Practice. These children will be admitted to the named school, even if it is full, and are therefore outside the normal admission arrangements. As required by the Code these children will count as part of the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school. Oversubscription criteria Applications submitted by 31 October 2020 will be dealt with first. If the number of applications submitted by 31 October 2020 for the school is greater than the PAN for the school, admissions will be decided according to the following priorities: 1. Children in public care (looked after children) and previously looked after


2. Children subject to a child protection plan. 3. Children who have a sibling already on the roll of the school who will continue

to attend the school during the following year. 4. Children whose parents have satisfied the Governing Body that their child has

a significant medical or psychological condition which means they must attend the preferred school rather than any other. Applications must be supported by appropriate written evidence from a doctor or psychologist.

5. Children who live within the school's designated catchment area. 6. Children attending a feeder junior or primary school. 7. Children who live closest to the school.

2

Should the school be oversubscribed from within any of the criteria, then distance, as defined below, will be used to prioritise applications within these categories. Should there be two or more identical distances requiring prioritisation, this will be done by casting lots. Lots will be drawn independently by the Education Lead, Southampton City Council. Definitions Sibling: This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit. A sibling is defined as a brother or sister including half, step, or foster or adoptive brother or sister, living within the same family unit at the same address. Catchment Area: A “designated catchment area” for a school is the area set out in the definitive catchment area map for each school. This map is held by Southampton City Council, Civic Centre, Southampton SO14 7LY. A schedule of addresses, to be read in conjunction with the map, is also kept by the Council. Parents wishing to know if their address is in a particular catchment area can contact the Admissions Team, or log on to the council website www.southampton.gov.uk, click on “my Southampton”, follow the links, and enter their postcode. Feeder Junior or Primary School: priority will be given to children attending a feeder junior of primary school at the closing date of applications. They are as follows:

• Redbridge Community School – Mansel Park Primary, Mason Moor Primary, Newlands Primary, Redbridge Primary, Tanners Brook Primary

Distance: Distances are measured based on the shortest walking distance using public roads and footpaths. Distances are measured from home to school for all children. These are calculated using a computerised mapping system that uses data supplied by Ordnance Survey. Distances are measured from the point designated in the system as the home address to the point designated in the system as the mid-point of the nearest open pedestrian gate to the school, using public roads and footpaths. Late applications The closing date for applications is 31 October 2020. Applications received after that date will be late applications and will dealt with after all on-time applicants have been offered a school place. If a school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in accordance with the priorities set out above. Waiting lists If a place cannot be offered at Redbridge Community School, all unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list. If places become available, children on the waiting list will be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn.


3

The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on-time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. This means that waiting lists will be re-ranked after every new expression of preference. The waiting list will be held until 31 July 2022. Any parent wishing to remain on the waiting list after this date will need to make a new in-year application to the school. Admission of children outside their normal age group Parents may request that their child is admitted outside their normal age group, for example, if the child is gifted or talented or has experienced problems such as ill health, or they are summer born and were admitted to Year R or Year 3 outside the normal age group. All requests will be considered on their merits, taking account of the parent’s view and the views of the headteacher. Parents of summer-born children for whom education outside normal age group was previously agreed will be required to make a new request for entry into secondary school. This should be done as if the child is placed in their correct year group. For example, a child who has been held back a year (decelerated) should be making a new request when the child is in Year 5. Before making such a request, parents are strongly advised to read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ document available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed. For all requests it is vital to understand that at each transition (starting reception, moving from infant to junior, primary to secondary, secondary to college) the decision whether to maintain the placement in a younger or older year group must be made by the admission authority for the school. As such, there is no guarantee that it will continue throughout the child’s education and a new parental request must be made before each transition. As a general rule, requests should only be made once per phase transfer, unless there has been a significant change in circumstances. One admission authority cannot be required to honour a decision made by another admission authority on education out of normal age group In Year Admissions Admissions mid-year for any year group will be dealt with in accordance with this policy.

Regents Park Community College

Admissions Policy for September 2021/22

Policy updated:

Policy ratified at Governors Meeting: 28.11.19

Policy signed by Chair of Governors: Mr Marcus Warder

Policy to be reviewed: 28.11.20

The Governing Body of Regents Park Community College are the Admission Authority for the school. Published Admission Number (PAN) The Governors at Regents Park Community College will admit 180 students to Year 7 for the 2021/22 academic year. Children with Education Health and Care Plans (EHCP) that name the school Children with EHCPs that name Regents Park Community College will be admitted under the Education Act 1998 and with regard to the SEN Code of Practice. These children will count toward the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school. Oversubscription criteria Applications received by 31st October 2020 will be dealt with first. If the number of applications received by this date is greater than the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school, admissions will be decided according to the following priorities: 1. Children in public care (looked after children) and previously looked after children as defined in paragraph 1.17 of the School Admission Code. 2. Children subject to a child protection plan. 3. Children who have a sibling already on the roll of the school who will continue to attend the school during 2021/22. A sibling is defined as a brother or sister including half, step, foster or adoptive brother or sister, living within the same family unit at the same address. It does not include aunts, uncles or cousins. 4. Children who attend one of Southampton Cooperative Trust Primary Schools. Foundry Lane Primary School Freemantle Church Of England Community Academy St. Mark's C.Of E. Primary School Banister Primary school St John's Primary and Nursery School 5. Children living closest to the school. If the school becomes oversubscribed within any of the above criteria, then distance will be used to prioritise applications within these categories. Should there be two or more identical distances requiring prioritisation, this will be done by casting lots by a senior officer of the Southampton City Council Children’s Services Department, independent of the school. Distance from home to school will be measured by the Southampton City Council’s Admissions Team using their mapping software. Distances will be the shortest walking distance using public roads and footpaths as defined in the SCC map from the point designated in the system as the applicant’s home address and the point designated in the system as the nearest open gate of the school.

http://www.freemantleacademy.com/quiche/

http://www.bing.com/local?lid=YN1029x8933979412915321829&id=YN1029x8933979412915321829&q=St.%2BMark%27s%2BC.Of%2BE.%2BPrimary%2BSchool%2BSouthampton%2BHampshire&name=St.%2BMark%27s%2BC.Of%2BE.%2BPrimary%2BSchool&cp=50.91574%7E-1.423275&qpvt=st%2Bmark%2Bs%2Bprimary%2Bschool%2Bsouthampton

http://www.bing.com/local?lid=YN1029x13586815871138613978&id=YN1029x13586815871138613978&q=Banister%2BSchool%2BSouthampton%2BHampshire&name=Banister%2BSchool&cp=50.91955%7E-1.41041&qpvt=banister%2Bprimary%2Bschool%2Bsouthampton

http://www.stjohnssouthampton.co.uk/

Late applications The closing date for applications is 31st October 2020. Applications received after that date will be late applications. If the school has places available after admitting all on-time applicants, late applicants will be considered in accordance with the priorities set out above. Co-ordinated Admission Scheme Regents Park Community College participates in the Local Authority’s Co-ordinated Admission Scheme. Applications should NOT be forwarded directly to the school. The closing date for applications is 31st October 2020 and parents will be notified by the Local Authority of places on 1st March 2021 (or the first working day thereafter). The waiting list will be passed to the school on the 1st September 2021. In the case of fraudulent information being supplied, any place offered may be withdrawn. Waiting lists After the initial allocation of all available places, the Governing Body will maintain a waiting list of applicants until 31st July 2022. However, the administration of this task is delegated to the Local Authority. If parents wish their child’s name to remain on the list after this time they should contact the school in writing before this date otherwise their name will be removed from the list. Applicants will be placed on the waiting list in accordance with the criteria listed above and places will be offered in that order as and when they become available. Should a vacancy occur, a place will be offered in strict order of priority and will be held open for a maximum period of ten school days from the date of the offer. Appeals Parents whose child is refused a place at Regents Park Community College have a right of appeal to an Independent Appeal Panel in accordance with Section 94 of the Schools Standards and Framework Act 1998. In Year Admissions Admissions mid-year for any year group will be dealt with in accordance with this policy. Admission of children outside their normal age group Parents may request that their child is admitted outside their normal age group, for example, if the child is gifted or talented or has experienced problems such as ill health, or they are summer born and were admitted to Year R or Year 3 outside the normal age group. All requests will be considered on their merits by the admission authority taking account of the parent’s view and the views of the Headteacher. Parents of summer-born children for whom education outside normal age group was previously agreed will be required to make a new request for entry into secondary school. This should be done as if the child is placed in their correct year group. For example, a child who has been held back a year (decelerated) should be making a new request when the child is in Year 5. Before making such a request, parents are strongly advised to read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ document available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed.

For all requests it is vital to understand that at each transition (starting reception, moving from infant to junior, primary to secondary, secondary to college) the decision whether to maintain the placement in a younger or older year group must be made by the admission authority for the school. As such, there is no guarantee that it will continue throughout the child’s education and a new parental request must be made before each transition. As a general rule, requests should only be made once per phase transfer, unless there has been a significant change in circumstances. One admission authority cannot be required to honour a decision made by another admission authority on education out of normal age group. Consultation date: 10th January 2020 Approved by Governing Body:

St Anne’s CATHOLIC SECONDARY SCHOOL

[Carlton Road, Southampton, SO15 2WZ]

ADMISSION POLICY 2021-2022 v3 updated October 2020 due to Covid-19 restrictions in response to advice issued by the DfE1 2 and approval by the EFSA

St Anne's is a Catholic school committed to teaching the Christian faith and to providing an excellent education for all the girls in our care, founded on the Gospel values of Jesus Christ. By seeking a place for their daughter at St Anne's, parents commit to supporting the Catholic ethos of the school and confirm that they wish their daughter to have a Christian education celebrating Gospel values.

We do not expect everyone to be a practising Christian but we do expect the Catholic ethos of the school to be respected and supported. By applying to St Anne's, practising Christians and other girls receiving a Christian education at primary school can continue their Christian education in an 11 to 18 environment; an education within which girls of other faiths and of no faith are fully included. We are an inclusive school united by our shared values and not divided by our differences. Our expectation is that all girls will take a full and active part in the spiritual life of the school; this includes but is not limited to, reflection days, Mass and worship in assemblies.

It is essential that the Christian character of the school’s education be fully supported by all families in the school. We therefore hope that all parents will give their full, unreserved and positive support for the aims and ethos of the school. This does not affect the right of an applicant who is not Catholic to apply for and be admitted to a place at the school in accordance with the admission arrangements.

The governing body is the admissions authority and has responsibility for admissions to this school. The local authority undertakes the co-ordination of admission arrangements during the normal admission round3. The governing body has set its admission number at 200 pupils to year 7 in the school year which begins in September, 2021.

The governing body will, where logistically possible, admit twins and all siblings from multiple births where one of the children is the last child ranked within the school’s Published Admissions Number (“PAN”).

1 https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/coronavirus-covid-19-assessment-processes-for-selective-school-admissions 2 https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/coronavirus-covid-19-changes-to-faith-school-admission-arrangements 3 This is for admission to the school at the start of the school year in September and not for applications made in-year

Pupils with an Education, Health and Care Plan (see note 1)

The admission of pupils with an Education, Health and Care Plan is dealt with by a completely separate procedure. Children with an Education, Health and Care Plan that names the school must be admitted. Where this takes place before the allocation of places under these arrangements this will reduce the number of places available to other children.

ADMISSION POLICY 2021-2022

The Governing Body of St Anne’s will admit 200 girls to Year 7 in 2021-2022.

Application Procedures and Timetable

To apply for a place at this school in the normal admission round4, you must complete a Common Application Form (CAF) available from the local authority in which you live. You are also requested to complete the Supplementary Information Form (SIF) attached to this policy if you wish to apply under criteria 1, 2, 5, 8, 9 or 11. The Supplementary Information Form should be returned to the Admissions Officer ([email protected]) electronically, or in person to St Anne’s Catholic school by Monday 7th December 2020; failure to do so will mean that your child may not be placed in the correct category and this is likely to affect your child’s chance of being offered a place.

Once the school has received the list of applications from the local authority, it will contact all applicants for whom we have not received a SIF to inform them of this.

You will be advised of the outcome of your application on 1st March or the next working day, by the local authority on our behalf. If you are unsuccessful (unless your child gained a place at a school you ranked higher) you will be informed of the reasons and you have the right of appeal to an independent appeal panel.

All applications which are submitted on time will be considered at the same time and after the closing date for admissions which is 31st October 2020 and after the final deadline for SIFs of Monday 7th December 2020.

4 This is for admission to the school at the start of the school year in September and not for applications made in-year.


Category number

Category description SIF requested?

1 Looked After or Previously Looked After Catholic girls. Yes

2 Catholic girls. Yes

3 Looked After or Previously Looked After girls. No

4 Up to 20 places for girls showing an aptitude for music.

No

Contact the school by email [email protected] or phone by Monday 14th September 2020.

5 Girls who are members of another Christian Denomination.

Yes

6 Girls who have a sibling on roll at St Anne’s on 31st October 2020.

No

7 Girls who attend a named Catholic primary school at the time of application.

No

8 Girls of staff at St Anne’s. Yes

9 Unbaptised girls with at least one parent who is Catholic (Heritage Catholics).

Yes

10 Girls who attend a named primary school with a strong Christian foundation at time of application.

No

11 Girls of other Faith traditions. Yes

12 Girls who do not fall in to any of the above categories. No



Oversubscription Criteria

At any time where there are more applications for places than the number of places available, places will be offered according to the following order of priority.

Applications within each criterion will be given priority in the following order:

• Girls with siblings on roll of the school/Sixth Form on 31st October 2020 (see "sibling" under definitions).

• Girls attending named Catholic primary schools or named schools with a strong Christian foundation (see below for a list of schools).

• Girls living nearest the school. (See "distance" under definitions).

Tie Break

Priority will be given to children living closest to the school determined by the shortest distance. Distances are calculated using the Local Authority’s computerised measuring system to identify the shortest walking route measured from the point designated in the system as the home address to the point designated in the system as the mid-point of the nearest open pedestrian gate to the school, using public roads and footpaths. Where parents have shared responsibility for a child, and the child lives for part of the week with each parent, the home address will be the address given in the CAF, provided that the child resides at that address for any part of the school week.

Late Applications

Late applications will be administered in accordance with your home Local Authority Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme. You are encouraged to ensure that your application is received on time.

Admission of Children outside their Normal Age Group

A request may be made for a child to be admitted outside of their normal age group, for example, if the child is gifted and talented or has experienced problems such as ill health.

Any such request should be made in writing to the Admissions Officer, [email protected], St Anne’s Catholic School at the same time as the admission application is made. The governing body will make its decision about the request based on the circumstances of each case and in the best interests of the child. In addition to taking into account the views of the head teacher, including the head teacher’s statutory responsibility for the internal organisation, management and control of the school, the governing body will take into account the views of the parents and of appropriate medical and education professionals, as appropriate.

Waiting Lists

In addition to their right of appeal, unsuccessful children will be automatically placed on a waiting list. This waiting list will be maintained in order of the oversubscription criteria set out above and not in the order in which applications are received or added to the list. Waiting lists for admission will operate throughout the school year. The waiting list will be held open until 31 July 2022 unless applicants are allocated a higher preference school by the Local Authority.

Inclusion in the school’s waiting list does not mean that a place will eventually become available.

In-Year Applications

An application can be made for a place for a child at any time outside the admission round and the child will be admitted where there are available places. Applications should be made to the school by contacting the Admissions Officer, [email protected], St Anne’s Catholic School or via your Local Authority.

Where there are places available but more applications than places, the published oversubscription criteria, as set out above, will be applied.

If there are no places available, the child will be added to the waiting list (see above).

You will be advised of the outcome of your application in writing, and you have the right of appeal to an independent appeal panel.

Fair Access Protocol

The school is committed to taking its fair share of girls who are vulnerable and/or hard to place, as set out in locally agreed protocols. Accordingly, outside the normal admission round the governing body is empowered to give absolute priority to a child where admission is requested under any locally agreed protocol. The governing body has this power, even when admitting the child would mean exceeding the published admission number.

Obtaining a place fraudulently.

The governing body reserves the right to withdraw the offer of a place or, where a child is already attending the school the place itself, where it is satisfied that the offer or place was obtained fraudulently.

NOTES AND DEFINITIONS

1. An Education, Health and Care Plan is a plan made by the local authority under section 37 of the Children and Families Act 2014, specifying the special educational provision required for a child.

2. A ‘looked after child’ has the same meaning as in section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989, and means any child who is (a) in the care of a local authority or (b) being provided with accommodation by them in the exercise of their social services functions (e.g. children with foster parents) at the time of making application to the school.

A ‘previously looked after child’ is a child who was looked after but ceased to be so because he or she was adopted or became subject to a child arrangements order or special guardianship order.

3. ‘Catholic’ means a member of a Church in full communion with the See of Rome.5 This includes the Eastern Catholic Churches. This will normally be evidenced by a certificate of baptism in a Catholic Church or a certificate of reception into the full communion of the Catholic Church. For the purposes of this policy, it includes a looked after child living with a family where at least one parent is Catholic.

For a child to be treated as Catholic, evidence of Catholic baptism or reception into the Church will be required. Those who have difficulty obtaining written evidence of baptism should contact their parish priest who can consult with the diocesan Catholic Academies and Schools Office if they need further guidance.

4. The aptitude test is based entirely on responses to aural tests and does not require any knowledge of music theory or previous musical knowledge. The test consists of four main types of questions namely pitch, melody, texture and rhythm. If the candidate misses the test, a medical certificate will be required for any requests for a late test. Please see the school website for details and please note the earlier date of Monday 14th September 2020 for contacting the admissions officer.

5. “Children of other Christian denominations” means children who belong to other churches and ecclesial communities which, acknowledge God’s revelation in Christ, confess the Lord Jesus Christ as God and Saviour according to the Scriptures, and, in obedience to God’s will and in the power of the Holy Spirit commit themselves: to seek a

5 See appendix 1

deepening of their communion with Christ and with one another in the Church, which is his body; and to fulfil their mission to proclaim the Gospel by common witness and service in the world to the glory of the one God, Father, Son and Holy Spirit. An ecclesial community which on principle has no credal statements in its tradition, is included if it manifests faith in Christ as witnessed to in the Scriptures and is committed to working in the spirit of the above.

To evidence this girls need either;

i) a letter confirming membership of their Christian denomination signed and dated by the appropriate minister which includes a signed declaration that the child is a member of a community which agrees with the statement which defines a member of another Christian Denomination as shown above or

ii) a certificate of baptism/christening certificate from the church-this should be returned to the school at the same time as the SIF.

(See the Category 5 guidance sheet)

6. “Children of other faiths” means children who are members of a religious community that does not fall within the definition of ‘other Christian denominations’ which falls within the definition of a religion for the purposes of charity law. In addition to religions who believe in one God, the Charities Act 2011 defines religion to include:

• A religion which involves belief in more than one God, and

• A religion which does not involve belief in a God.

Case law has identified certain characteristics which describe the meaning of religion for the purposes of charity law, which are characterised by a belief in a supreme being and an expression of belief in that supreme being through worship.

7. Siblings (brother or sister) includes:

(i) all natural brothers or sisters, half brothers or sisters, adopted brothers or sisters, stepbrothers or sisters, foster brothers or sisters, whether or not they are living at the same address; and

(ii) the child of a parent’s partner where that child lives for at least part of the week in the same family unit at the same home address as the child who is the subject of the application.

(iii) a girl is considered to have a sibling connection, for the purposes of the School's Admission Criteria, if their sibling is on roll at St Anne’s School/Sixth Form at the date of application. To be clear, siblings are not cousins, aunts or other close family members. Only the definition in this policy is relevant for admission to the school.

8. ‘Named Catholic primary schools’ means our Diocesan partnership schools within travelling distance of St Anne’s:

Specifically and exclusively; Holy Family Catholic Primary School Southampton, Springhill Catholic Primary School Southampton, St Anthony's Catholic Primary School Fareham, St Patrick's Catholic Primary School Southampton, St Peter's Catholic Primary School

Winchester, St Swithun Wells Catholic Primary School Chandlers Ford, Our Lady and St Joseph Catholic Primary School Lymington. 9. ‘Girls (children) of staff at St Anne’s’: The criteria for the category of girls of staff at St

Anne’s is as follows: i) The member of staff has been employed at the school for two or more years at

the time at which the application to the school is made, or ii) Has been recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill

shortage.

10. ‘Named primary schools with a strong Christian foundation’ means schools with whom we have a relationship of outreach and transition and who share our Christian ethos.

Specifically and exclusively: Brockenhurst Church of England Primary School; Freemantle Church of England Community Academy; Highfield Church of England Primary School; Durley Church of England (Controlled) Primary School; Nursling Church of England Primary School; Rownhams St John's Church of England Primary School.

11. A ‘parent’ means all natural parents, any person who is not a parent but has parental responsibility for a child, and any person who has care of a child.

12. A child’s “home address” refers to the address where the child usually lives with a parent or carer and will be the address provided in the Common Application Form (“CAF”). Where parents have shared responsibility for a child, and the child lives for part of the week with each parent, the home address will be the address given in the CAF, provided that the child resides at that address for any part of the school week.

13. “Distance” - Distances are calculated using the Local Authority’s computerised measuring system to identify the shortest walking route measured from the point designated in the system as the home address to the point designated in the system as the mid-point of the nearest open pedestrian gate to the school, using public roads and footpaths.

Appendix 1

Catholic Churches in full communion with the See of Rome :

Latin Catholic Coptic Catholic Church Ethiopian Catholic Church (‘Gheez rite’) Eritrean Catholic Church Syrian Catholic Church (Syro-)Maronite Catholic Syro-Malankar Catholic Church Armenian Catholic Church Chaldean Catholic Church Syro-Malabar Catholic Church Albanian (Byzantine) Catholic Church Belarussian Catholic Church Bulgarian (Byzantine) Catholic Church Georgian Catholic Church Greek (Hellenic) Catholic Church Greek-Melkite Catholic Church Hungarian (Byzantine) Catholic Church Italo-Albanian (Byzantine) Catholic Church Church of the Byzantines of the Diocese of Krizevci (Krizevci Catholic Church) (Byzantine Catholics in former Yugoslavia) Macedonian Catholic Church Romanian (Greek) Catholic Church Russian Catholic Church Ruthenian (Byzantine) Catholic Church Slovak (Greek) Catholic Church Ukrainian (Greek) Catholic Church

St Anne’s CATHOLIC SECONDARY SCHOOL

[Carlton Road, Southampton, SO15 2WZ]

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM (SIF) 2021-2022

If you are expressing a preference for a place for your child at St Anne’s Catholic School in Southampton and wish to apply under any of the faith criterion or criteria 8, you should

complete this Supplementary Information Form.

• The completed Supplementary Information Form, together with all supporting documentation should be returned to the Admissions Officer at St Anne’s Catholic School by Monday 7th December, 2020.

• If you are applying to more than one Catholic school or academy you will need to complete a separate Supplementary Information Form for each school/academy. The deadline may be different for other schools and may be earlier.

• If you do not provide the information required in this form and return it to the school with all supporting documentation, by Monday 7th December, 2020, your child may not be placed in the appropriate category and this is likely to affect your child’s chance of being offered a place.

• Remember – you must also complete the Common Application Form. The deadline for this is 31st October.

Name of child: ______________________________________

Address of child: ______________________________________

______________________________________

______________________________________

Parent/Carer Details

Parent/Carer Name: ______________________________________

Parent/Carer Email address: ______________________________________ We use the email address to send electronic confirmation of receipt of SIF.

Please read the relevant Admission Policy, noting in particular any faith criteria, and your Local Authority composite prospectus, before completing this form.

NOTE: When completing the Common Application Form, it is important that you provide details of any siblings (brothers or sisters) who are on roll at St Anne’s on the 31st October 2020. If this information is not provided the admission authority may not be able to place the application within the correct criteria.

(Please indicate the category under which you wish to apply by placing a tick in the appropriate box – please note that a tick should be indicated in only a single box). If more than one box applies, you should tick the highest category (1 is the highest and 12 is the lowest.)

Category number

Category description SIF Needed? Tick box

1 Looked After or Previously Looked After Catholic6 girls.

Yes

Category 1 evidence required: A certificate of baptism in a Catholic Church or a certificate of reception into the full communion of the Catholic Church and Looked After/Previously Looked After evidence which will come from the Local Authority. 2 Catholic7 girls. Yes

Category 2 evidence required: A certificate of baptism in a Catholic Church or a certificate of reception into the full communion of the Catholic Church. 3 Looked After or Previously Looked After girls. No

4 Up to 20 places for girls showing an aptitude for music.

No need to complete SIF. Contact the school by email [email protected] or phone by Monday 14th September 2020.

5 Girls who are members of another Christian Denomination.

Yes

Category 5 evidence required: An appropriate minister of the child’s Christian denomination must sign the Criteria 5 letter to confirm that the child is a member of a community which agrees with the statement which defines a member of another Christian Denomination Change made in July 2020 due to Covid-19 restrictions:

This may be signed electronically and emailed to the school from the church’s email account or a certificate of baptism/christening certificate from a Christian denomination. 6 Girls who have a sibling already on roll at St

Anne’s on 31st October 2020 No

7 Girls who attend a named Catholic primary school at the time of application.

No

8 Girls of staff at St Anne’s. Yes



In compliance with the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) and the Data Protection Act 2018, we wish to ensure that you are aware of the purpose for which we collect and process the data we have asked you to provide on this form.

• We are St Anne’s Catholic School, a single Academy Trust.

• Being a Catholic education provider, we work closely with the School’s Diocesan Authority, the School’s Trustees, the Local Authority, the Catholic Education Service and the Department for Education, and may share the information you provide on this application form if we consider it is necessary in order to fulfil our functions.

• The person responsible for data protection within our organisation is Mrs Anne Murphy and you can contact her with questions relating to our handling of the data. You can contact her by email at [email protected] or phone.

• We require the information we have requested for reasons relating to our functions as the admission authority of the school.

• It is necessary for us to process personal data for the performance of a task carried out in the public interest or in the exercise of official authority vested in the controller (Article 6(1)(e) of the GDPR).

6 See appendix 1 of the relevant admissions policy 7 See appendix 1 of the relevant admissions policy

Criteria 8 evidence required: Name of parent who is a member of staff at St Anne’s: 9 Unbaptised girls with at least one parent who is

Catholic (Heritage Catholic). Yes

Criteria 9 evidence required: A certificate of baptism in a Catholic Church or a certificate of reception into the full communion of the Catholic Church for the parent.

10 Girls who attend a named primary school with a strong Christian foundation at time of application.

No

11 Girls of other Faith traditions. Yes

Criteria 11 evidence required: A letter from a religious leader on headed paper, signed and dated confirming that the child is a member of the religious community.

Change made in July 2020 due to Covid-19 restrictions:

This may be signed electronically and emailed to the school from the email account of the religious community. 12 Girls who do not fall in to any of the above

categories. Yes


• To the extent that you have shared any special categories of data this will not be shared with any third parties except as detailed in paragraph 2 above, unless a legal obligation should arise.

• It is necessary for us to process special category data for the performance of a task carried out in the public interest or in the exercise of official authority vested in the controller (Article 6(1)(e) of the GDPR). Additionally, processing is necessary for reasons of substantial public interest on the basis of Union or Member State law which is proportionate to the aim pursued and which contains appropriate safeguards (Article 9(2)(g) of the GDPR).

• If the application is successful, the information you have provided on this form will be migrated to the school’s enrolment system, and the data will be retained and processed on the basis of the school’s fair processing notice and data protection policies which apply to that data.

• If the application is unsuccessful, the application form and any documents submitted in support of the application will be destroyed after a period of 12 months. The school may keep a simple record of all applications and their outcome as part of their permanent archives in accordance with the school’s data retention policy.

• To read about your individual rights you can refer to the school’s fair processing notice and data protection policies.

• If you wish to complain about how we have collected and processed the information you have provided on this form, you can make a complaint to our organisation by email to [email protected] marked for the attention of Mrs Anne Murphy or phone. If you are unhappy with how your complaint has been handled, you can contact the Information Commissioner’s Office via their website at: ico.org.uk.

I confirm that I have read the relevant Admissions Policy of the school and that the information I have provided is correct. I understand that I must notify the school immediately if there is any change to these details and that, should any information I have given prove to be fraudulent the governing body may withdraw any offer of a place even if the child has already started school.

Signed……………………….. Date………………………………


Application for entry to St Anne’s Catholic School (Year 7 September 2021)

Application under criterion 5: Girls who are members of another Christian Denomination

Name of applicant (child): Name of church:

Denomination:

Address of church:

Applicants may provide either a certificate of baptism/Christening or have a signed declaration from their minister or church leader.

Tick the box if you have attached a copy of the applicant’s certificate of baptism/christening.

Certificate of baptism/christening from a church provided.

If the child does not have a certificate of baptism/christening the letter below should be signed.

By signing this letter you agree that:

the above child is known to you personally and belongs to a church or ecclesial community which, acknowledging God’s revelation in Christ, confesses the Lord Jesus Christ as God and Saviour according to the Scriptures, and, in obedience to God’s will and in the power of the Holy Spirit commit themselves to seek a deepening of their communion with Christ and with one another in the Church, which is his body and to fulfil their mission to proclaim the Gospel by common witness and service in the world to the glory of the one God, Father, Son and Holy Spirit.

An ecclesial community which on principle has no credal statements in its tradition is included if it manifests faith in Christ as witnessed to in the Scriptures and is committed to working in the spirit of the above.

Name of appropriate minister/church leader/ordained member:

Signature of appropriate minister/church leader/ordained member:

Change made in July 2020 due to Covid-19 restrictions:

This may be signed electronically and emailed to the school from the church’s email account.

ADMISSIONS POLICY

Governors’ Admissions Policy for Saint George Catholic Voluntary Aided College, Southampton, for entries in September 2021

At Saint George we ASPIRE to become all that God has created us to be.

St George is a Catholic voluntary aided school open to boys and girls aged 11 to 16 of all abilities. St George is in the trusteeship of the Roman Catholic Diocese of Portsmouth and is a maintained school of Southampton City Council Local Authority. The fundamental aim of St George is to present a clear Christian philosophy and way of life, providing opportunities in which Christian values may develop. We ask all parents applying for a place at St George to respect our Catholic ethos and its importance to the College community. This does not affect the right of parents who are not of the faith of St George to apply for and be considered for a place here.

The Governing Body St George is responsible for all admissions of children and it has determined the following admissions policy:

• The Governing Body has an approved PAN (Published Admissions Number) of 180 children to Year 7 in 2021-22.

• Should there be more applications than places available, children will be admitted by category in the following order of priority: (see Notes and Definitions section B below)

1) Baptised Catholic Looked After Children (LAC) and previously Looked After Children

2) Baptised Catholic children. If applications in this category exceed places, priority will be given in the following order: siblings, attending a named feeder school, distance.

3) Looked After Children (LAC) and previously Looked After Children

4) Children who will have a sibling(s) at St George at the intended time of entry

5) All other children who attend a named feeder Catholic Primary School

6) Children of staff at St George

7) Children of other Christian denominations

8) Children of other faiths

9) All other children who do not fall within the above categories

When applications within categories 3 to 9 exceed the places available and it is necessary to decide between applications, the distance from home to St George will be used to determine the order of priority. (see Notes and Definitions section B below)

1

A. EVIDENCE REQUIRED WITH APPLICATION

• All applicants in categories 1 and 2 will be required to present a baptismal certificate with their application (see section C below for details of Supplementary Information Form), or written confirmation from a priest on headed paper, that the applicant has been received into the Catholic Church. Change made in July 2020 due to COVID-19 restrictions: this may be signed electronically and emailed to the school from the email account of the Church.

• All applicants applying for a place at St George as a member of other Christian Denominations (category 7) or other faiths (category 8), will need to provide a letter confirming membership of that Christian denomination or faith that has been signed by the appropriate minister of religion or faith leader. The letter should be provided at the same time that the SIF (see section C below) is returned to St George. The letter must be on headed paper. Change made in July 2020 due to COVID-19 restrictions: this may be signed electronically and emailed to the school from the email account of the religious community.

• Applicants in Category 3 and Category 9 are not required to submit a Supplementary Information Form (SIF).

• Please note that if you do not complete the Supplementary Information Form and return it to the College, with all supporting documentation, by the closing date, your child will not be placed in the appropriate category and this will affect your child’s chance of being offered a place.

B. NOTES AND DEFINITIONS

1. Baptised Catholic Looked After Children (LAC) and previously Looked After Children - please refer to definitions 2 and 3 below.

2. Baptised Catholic children - For the purposes of these admissions arrangements, a Catholic means a person baptised in a church which is in full communion with the See of Rome or a person received into full communion with the Catholic Church.

3. Looked After Children (LAC) and previously Looked After Children - ‘A looked after child’ has the same meaning as in Section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989 and means any child who is (a) in the care of a local authority, or (b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services function (e.g. child with foster parents) at the time of making an application to a school. ‘Previously looked after children’ are children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted. This includes children who were adopted under the Adoption Act 1976 (see section 12 adoption orders) and children who were adopted under the Adoption and Children’s Act 2002 (see section 46 adoption orders) or became subject to a child arrangements order18 or special guardianship order19). Child arrangements orders are defined in s.8 of the Children Act 1989, as amended by s.12 of the Children and Families Act 2014. Child arrangements orders replace residence orders and any residence order in force prior to 22 April 2014 is deemed to be a child arrangements order. Section 14A of the Children Act 1989 defines a ‘special guardianship order’ as an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian (or special guardians).

4. Children who will have a sibling(s) at St George at the intended time of entry - A sibling refers to brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, adoptive brother or sister, step brother or sister, foster brother or sister or the child of the parent/ carer’s partner where the child for whom a school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling.

2

5. All other children who attend a named feeder Catholic Primary School - named feeder Catholic Primary Schools are: Holy Family Catholic Primary School Southampton, St Anthony’s Catholic Primary School Titchfield Common, St Swithun Wells Catholic Primary School Chandlers Ford, Springhill Catholic Primary School Southampton, St Patrick’s Catholic Primary School Southampton and St Peter’s Catholic Primary School Winchester.

6. Children of staff at St George - The criteria for the category of children of staff at St George is as follows:

a. The member of staff: i. has been employed at the school for two or more years at the time at which the

application to the school is made; or ii. has been recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill

shortage.

7. Children of other Christian denominations - Children who belong to other churches and ecclesial communities which, acknowledging God’s revelation in Christ, confess the Lord Jesus Christ as God and Saviour according to the Scriptures, and, in obedience to God’s will and in the power of the Holy Spirit commit themselves: to seek a deepening of their communion with Christ and with one another in the Church, which is his body; and to fulfil their mission to proclaim the Gospel by common witness and service in the world to the glory of the one God, Father, Son and Holy Spirit. An ecclesial community which on principle has no credal statements in its tradition, is included if it manifests faith in Christ as witnessed to in the Scriptures and is committed to working in the spirit of the above. All members of Churches Together in England and of CYTÛN are deemed to be included in the above definition, as are all other churches and ecclesial communities that are in membership of any local Churches Together Group (by whatever title) on the above basis.

8. Children of other faiths - Children who are members of a religious community that does not fall within the definition of ‘other Christian denominations’ and which falls within the definition of a religion for the purposes of charity law. In addition to religions who believe in one God, the Charities Act 2011 defines religion to also include:

- A religion which involves belief in more than one God and - A religion which does not involve belief in a God

Case law has identified certain characteristics which describe the meaning of religion for the purposes of charity law, which are characterised by a belief in a supreme being and an expression of belief in that supreme being through worship.

9. Distance from Home to St George to be measured in a straight line from the centre points of the child’s residence to St George’s entrance gates by Southampton City Council’s computerised mapping system (GIS). The child with the shortest straight line distance by this measure will be awarded the place. Where two applicants cannot be separated by the distance measurement, random allocation, supervised by the LA, will be used.

10. Where fewer places can be offered within a particular category when there are children from multiple births, the Governors will exercise their discretion to treat this as an exceptional case and admit such children so as not to split the family.

11. Students who have an Education Health and Care Plan (EHCP) which names St George will be given a place. They will count towards the Published Admission Number.

12. Children residing within a split family: Parents must nominate one of their addresses as the child’s address for the application if the child spends part of the week with each parent. This must be the address of a parent not another family member. Address checks will be carried out and we

3

may require further evidence. In the event of a dispute, residence will be determined by the Local Authority on the information that it holds.

13. St George does not have a catchment area.

C. PROCEDURE FOR MAKING AN APPLICATION

There are two steps parents must follow to apply for a place at St George:

1. Online/paper application to the Local Authority - All applications must be made, preferably online, to the Local Authority in which the child lives. Southampton City Council’s website is www.southampton.gov.uk and Hampshire’s website is www.hants.gov.uk. If you cannot make an online application, you can ask your Local Authority for a paper Common Application Form. Parents will receive information on this process from their Local Authority.

2. Completion of a SIF, with evidence, submitted to St George - Enclosed with this Admission Policy document is a Supplementary Information Form (SIF). For categories other than 3 and 9, applicants should complete a SIF (Supplementary Information Form), with evidence where necessary, submitted to St George. THE SIF, PLUS ANY NECESSARY EVIDENCE, MUST BE RETURNED DIRECTLY TO ST GEORGE BY 31ST OCTOBER 2020. The SIF provides governors with essential information, enabling them to place your application in the correct category. It is advised that photocopies of original paperwork are submitted, as St George cannot return these documents.

Parents will be notified of the outcome of the application on 1st March 2021 by the Local Authority.

You must inform the Local Authority whether you wish to accept or refuse the place offered by completing the form issued by the Local Authority Admission service. This must be returned to the Local Authority by the date specified in your allocation email/letter.

D. LATE APPLICATIONS

The closing date for applications is 31st October 2020. Applications received after that date will be late applications and will be dealt with after all on time applicants have been offered a school place. If a school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered on accordance with the priorities set out above.

E. IN-YEAR ADMISSIONS

• All In-Year admissions must be made to the Local Authority in the first instance. A Supplementary Information Form (SIF) should also be completed. This can be requested from St George or obtained via the College website. It must be returned to St George with any necessary supporting evidence. Please note that if you do not complete the Supplementary Information Form and return it to the College, with all supporting documentation, your child will not be placed in the appropriate category and this will affect your child’s chance of being offered a place.

4

www.hants.gov.uk


F. FAIR ACCESS PROTOCOL

St George subscribes to the Southampton City Council’s Fair Access Protocol which allocates hard-to-place students into secondary schools. A panel sits regularly to review these cases and makes recommendations as to which school the student should attend. Those allocated a place at St George in accordance with a Fair Access Protocol must take precedence over those on a waiting list.

G. WAITING LIST

A waiting list will be maintained by St George and all unsuccessful candidates will automatically be placed on the waiting list unless a parent or a guardian requests otherwise. The list will be ranked according to the Admission Policy set out above, and not by the date of the application. This is a requirement of the School Admissions Code 2014. Looked after and previously looked after children must take appropriate precedence over those on the waiting list. An applicant’s position on the waiting list can change because the list will be re-ranked every time a fresh application is received. The waiting list will be held only until 31st July 2022.

H. ADMISSION OF OUT OF NORMAL AGE GROUP STUDENTS

Parents may seek a place for their child outside of their normal age group, for example, if the child is gifted and talented or has experienced problems such as ill health. This can be done by writing to the school giving reasons for the request.

Requests for admission outside of the child’s chronological year of entry will be considered in accordance with para. 2.17 (School Admissions Code). The Admissions Committee must make decisions on the basis of the circumstances of each case and in the best interest of the child concerned along with the account and views of the Head of School. Parents have a statutory right to appeal against the refusal of a place at a school for which they have applied. This right does not apply if they are offered a place at the school but it is not in their preferred age group. Further information on education outside of normal age group is available on the Southampton City Council website.

I. RIGHT OF APPEAL

In the case of a refusal a written explanation will be sent to the parents. Parents have the right to appeal to an independent panel against a decision not to offer a place to their child.

Any parents wishing to appeal against a decision may do so by contacting School Admissions at Southampton City Council for the appropriate form.

The Admissions Policy is reviewed annually and applies to the academic year identified in the top of the document.

This Admissions Policy relating to September 2021 admissions was approved and determined by the Governing Body on 11th December 2018.

The Governing Body reserves the right to withdraw any school place offered if it is reasonably established that false or misleading information has been used to gain a place at St George, even if the child has started.

5

UPPER SHIRLEY HIGH SCHOOL

ADMISSIONS POLICY

2021/22

The Hamwic Education Trust is the Admission Authority for the school and delegates the processing of admissions to the governing body. As required in the School Admissions Code, the governing body will consider all on-time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions. Parents may express up to three (3) preferences, listing them in the order in which they would accept them. All preferences will be considered and where more than one school could be offered, the parents will be offered a place for their child at the highest ranked of the schools that could be offered. Children with statements of special educational needs (SEN)/Education Health Care Plan (EHCP) that name the school Children with statements of special educational needs/EHCPs that name a school must be admitted to that school under the Education Act 1996 and with regard to the SEN Code of Practice. These children will be admitted to the named school, even if it is full, and are therefore outside the normal admission arrangements. As required by the Code these children will count as part of the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school. Oversubscription criteria Applications submitted by 31 October 2020 will be dealt with first. If the number of applications submitted by 31 October 2020 is greater than the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school, admissions to the school will be decided according to the following priorities:


2. Children subject to a child protection plan. 3. Children living in the Upper Shirley High School (USHS) catchment area. The catchment

area is defined by the roads listed at the end of this policy. If USHS is oversubscribed within categories 1-3 above then priorities (i) to (v), as set out in 4 below will be used to determine which children will be offered places.

4. Children who live outside the USHS designated catchment area, in the following order:

i. Children attending the linked feeder schools - namely Hollybrook Junior School, Shirley Junior School and Wordsworth Primary School - who have a brother or sister already on the roll of USHS who will continue to attend the school for the following year. (This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit.)

A sibling is defined as a brother or sister including half, step, or foster or adoptive brother or sister, living within the same family unit at the same address. .

ii. Children attending the linked feeder schools.

iii. Children who have a brother or sister already on the roll of USHS who will continue

to attend the school for the following year. (This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit.)

iv. Children of qualified teaching staff employed at USHS for two or more years at the


v. Children who live closest to USHS based on a straight-line distance. Distances are

measured from home to school. These are calculated using a computerised mapping system that uses data supplied by Ordnance Survey. Distances are measured from the point designated in the system as the home address to the point designated in the system as the mid-point of the nearest open gate to the school, using a straight-line measurement.

If USHS is oversubscribed from within any of the above criteria, then distance, as defined in 4(v). above will be used to prioritise applications. Should there be two or more identical distances requiring prioritisation, this will be done by casting lots. Late Applications The closing date for applications is 31 October 2020. Applications received after that date will be late applications. If USHS has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in· accordance with the priorities set out above. Waiting Lists If a place cannot be offered at USHS, unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list. If places become available, children on the waiting list will be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on-time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. Each time a child is added to the waiting list, the waiting list will be re-ranked according to the Admissions Policy criteria. The waiting list will be held until 31st July 2022. Any parent wishing to remain on the waiting list after this date will need to make a new in-year application to the school.

Admission of children outside their normal age group.

Parents may request that their child is admitted outside their normal age group, for example, if the child is gifted or talented or has experienced problems such as ill health, or they are summer born and were admitted to Year R outside the normal age group. Parents of summer-born children for whom education outside normal age group was previously agreed will be required to make a new request for entry into secondary school. This should be done as if the child is placed in their correct year group. For example, a child who has been held back a year (decelerated) should be making a new request in Year 5.

Any parent wishing to apply for a place outside their normal age group should read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ document available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed. All requests will be considered on their merits by the governing body taking account of the parent’s view and the views of the headteacher.


Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme Upper Shirley High School fully participates in the LA published co-ordinated admissions scheme. T he governors have delegated the management of the waiting list to the LA Admissions Team during the normal admission round. The waiting list will be passed to the school on 1st September 2021. Published Admission Number Upper Shirley High School will admit up to 210 pupils for the 2021/22 academic year. This admission number is based on the indicated admission number from the net capacity assessment.

CATCHMENT STREET LIST – UPPER SHIRLEY HIGH SCHOOL

Street Name House Nos. ABINGDON GARDENS ANGLESEA ROAD ARDNAVE CRESCENT ARNHEIM CLOSE ARNHEIM ROAD ASHWOOD GARDENS ATHERLEY COURT AVINGTON COURT BASSETT AVENUE Odd Nos Only BASSETT CRESCENT WEST BASSETT DALE BASSETT GARDENS BASSETT HEATH AVENUE BASSETT MEADOW BASSETT ROW BEAUMONT CLOSE BELLEMOOR ROAD BLADON ROAD BOLDREWOOD ROAD BOURNE AVENUE BRAMSTON ROAD BRANKSOME AVENUE BRIDLINGTON AVENUE BURGESS GARDENS BURGESS ROAD 1-159 (ODDS) BURGESS ROAD 2-68 (EVENS) BURLINGTON MANSIONS BUTTERFIELD ROAD CANNON STREET CEDAR AVENUE CHALYBEATE CLOSE CHARLTON ROAD CHERRY WALK

CHILWORTH ROAD (5 houses only)

Ashley,Green Loneing, Paeonia, Dun Woodle, Boundary House

CHURCH END CHURCH STREET CLEEK DRIVE COLEBROOK AVENUE CRANBOURNE CLOSE CROWN STREET CUNARD AVENUE DALE ROAD

DALE VALLEY CLOSE DALE VALLEY GARDENS DALE VALLEY ROAD DARLINGTON GARDENS DAWLISH AVENUE DIDCOT ROAD DUNKIRK CLOSE DUNKIRK ROAD EASTBOURNE AVENUE EVELYN CRESCENT FALAISE CLOSE FERNLEA GARDENS FERNSIDE COURT FITZROY CLOSE FUCHSIA GARDENS GLENCARRON WAY GOLF COURSE ROAD GRANGE ROAD GREENBANK CRESCENT GURNEY ROAD HANLEY ROAD HARLAND CRESCENT HIGHCLERE ROAD HILL LANE 153 - 215 (odds only) HILL LANE 206-358 (evens only) HILL LANE 366-408 (evens only) HOLLY DELL HOLLY HILL HOLLY HILL CLOSE HOLLYBROOK AVENUE HOLLYBROOK ROAD HORDER CLOSE HOWARDS GROVE HUNTON CLOSE HYDE CLOSE JANSON ROAD KELLETT ROAD KINETON ROAD LEICESTER ROAD LINCOLN COURT LINFORD CRESCENT LINGWOOD CLOSE LINGWOOD WALK LINKS VIEW WAY LITTLE OAK ROAD LORDSWOOD CLOSE

LORDSWOOD GARDENS LORDSWOOD ROAD LUCCOMBE PLACE LUCCOMBE ROAD LUMSDEN AVENUE MALMESBURY ROAD Evens MALVERN ROAD MALVERN TERRACE MALWOOD AVENUE MEADOWHEAD ROAD MEDINA ROAD MELROSE ROAD MILNER COURT MORLAND ROAD MULBERRY WALK NEWBURY ROAD NEWLANDS AVENUE NORCROFT COURT NORFOLK ROAD NORHAM AVENUE NORHAM CLOSE OAKFIELD GARDENS OVERCLIFF RISE PENTIRE AVENUE PENTIRE WAY PEWSEY PLACE PINE WAY PINEHURST ROAD PIRRIE CLOSE POINTOUT CLOSE POINTOUT ROAD PROVIDENCE PARK QUEENS ROAD QUINTILIS MEWS RADWAY CRESCENT RADWAY ROAD RAYMOND ROAD Odds RAYMOND ROAD Evens 24-60 REDCAR STREET REDHILL REDHILL CLOSE REDHILL CRESCENT REDHILL WAY REYNOLDS ROAD RIDDING CLOSE RIDGEMOUNT AVENUE

RIDGEMOUNT LANE ROCKLEIGH ROAD ROMAN ROAD ROMSEY ROAD 1-197 (odds only) ROMSEY ROAD The Mount SALEM STREET SANDOWN ROAD SAXHOLM CLOSE SAXHOLM DALE SAXHOLM WAY SEACOLE GARDENS SEAGARTH CLOSE SEAGARTH LANE SEYMOUR CLOSE SEYMOUR ROAD SHANKLIN CRESCENT SHANKLIN ROAD SHAWFORD CLOSE SHAYER ROAD SHERWOOD CLOSE SHIRLEY AVENUE SHIRLEY HIGH STREET Odds only SHIRLEY ROAD 275-429 SOUTH VIEW ROAD ST. JAMES CLOSE ST. JAMES PARK ROAD ST. JAMES ROAD ST. WINIFREDS ROAD STRATTON ROAD SYDNEY ROAD TALBOT CLOSE THE MOUNT THORNHILL ROAD TORQUAY AVENUE TOWER GARDENS TREESIDE ROAD TUDOR WOOD CLOSE TWYFORD AVENUE UNDERCLIFF GARDENS UNDERWOOD CLOSE UNDERWOOD ROAD UPPER SHIRLEY AVENUE VAUDREY CLOSE VERMONT CLOSE VICTOR STREET VINCENT AVENUE

VINCENT GROVE VINCENT STREET VINERY GARDENS VINERY ROAD WARWICK ROAD WHITHEDWOOD AVENUE WILTON CRESCENT WILTON GARDENS WILTON ROAD WINCHESTER ROAD 156-574 / 347-483 WINCHESTER ROAD Wellman Court WINCHESTER ROAD 215-331 WINCHESTER ROAD Norcroft Court WINCHESTER ROAD 1-35 / 111 (odds only) WINCHESTER ROAD 76-154 (evens only) WINCHESTER ROAD (Holly Place) 356 WORDSWORTH ROAD WYKEHAM CLOSE YARMOUTH GARDENS

1 Woodlands Community School Admissions Policy 2021- 2022

Woodlands Community School is part of the REACH Cooperative Trust. The Governing Body (GB) of the school is the admission authority for the school. As required in the School Admissions Code, the GB will consider all on time preferences at the same time for September 2021 admissions. Published Admission Number (PAN) Woodlands Community School will admit up to 180 pupils to Year 7 in September 2021. Children with Education, Health and Care Plans (EHCPs) that name a school Children with Education, Health and Care Plans (EHCPs) that name a school must be admitted to that school under the Education Act 1996 and with regard to the SEND Code of Practice. These children will be admitted to the named school, even if it is full, and are therefore outside the normal admission arrangements. As required by the Code these children will count as part of the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school. Oversubscription criteria Applications submitted by 31 October 2020 will be dealt with first. If the number of applications submitted by 31 October 2020 for the school is greater than the PAN for the school, admissions will be decided according to the following priorities: 1. Children in public care (looked after children) and previously looked after


2. Children subject to a child protection plan. 3. Children who have a sibling already on the roll of the school who will continue

to attend the school during the following year. 4. Children whose parents have satisfied the Governing Body that their child has

a significant medical or psychological condition which means they must attend the preferred school rather than any other. Applications must be supported by appropriate written evidence from a doctor or psychologist.

5. Children who live within the school's designated catchment area. 6. Children attending a feeder junior or primary school. 7. Children who live closest to the school. Should the school be oversubscribed from within any of the criteria, then distance, as defined below, will be used to prioritise applications within these categories. Should there be two or more identical distances requiring prioritisation, this will be done by casting lots. Lots will be drawn independently by the Education Lead, Southampton City Council.

https://www.google.com/url?sa=i&url=https://twitter.com/woodlands_cc&psig=AOvVaw0NP6TzLaA4XCxJ7sx3fMIs&ust=1571481909643000&source=images&cd=vfe&ved=0CAIQjRxqFwoTCIDlybrQpeUCFQAAAAAdAAAAABAF

2

Definitions Sibling: This includes children living as siblings in the same family unit. A sibling is defined as a brother or sister including half, step, or foster or adoptive brother or sister, living within the same family unit at the same address. Catchment Area: A “designated catchment area” for a school is the area set out in the definitive catchment area map for each school. This map is held by Southampton City Council, Civic Centre, Southampton SO14 7LY. A schedule of addresses, to be read in conjunction with the map, is also kept by the Council. Parents wishing to know if their address is in a particular catchment area can contact the Admissions Team, or log on to the council website www.southampton.gov.uk, click on “my Southampton”, follow the links, and enter their postcode. Feeder Junior or Primary School: priority will be given to children attending a feeder junior of primary school at the closing date of applications. They are as follows:

• Woodlands Community School – Harefield Primary, Hightown Primary, Kanes Hill Primary, Thornhill Primary

Distance: Distances are measured based on the shortest walking distance using public roads and footpaths. Distances are measured from home to school for all children. These are calculated using a computerised mapping system that uses data supplied by Ordnance Survey. Distances are measured from the point designated in the system as the home address to the point designated in the system as the mid-point of the nearest open pedestrian gate to the school, using public roads and footpaths. Late applications The closing date for applications is 31 October 2020. Applications received after that date will be late applications and will dealt with after all on-time applicants have been offered a school place. If a school has places available after admitting all on-time applications, late applications will be considered in accordance with the priorities set out above. Waiting lists If a place cannot be offered at Woodlands Community School, all unsuccessful applicants will automatically be placed on the waiting list. If places become available, children on the waiting list will be offered them according to the priorities set out above and any previous offer of a school place will be withdrawn. The length of time on the waiting list cannot be taken into account. Unsuccessful late applications will be treated in the same way as unsuccessful on-time applications and placed on the waiting list according to the priorities set out above. This means that waiting lists will be re-ranked after every new expression of preference.



3

The waiting list will be held until 31 July 2022. Any parent wishing to remain on the waiting list after this date will need to make a new in-year application to the school. Admission of children outside their normal age group Parents may request that their child is admitted outside their normal age group, for example, if the child is gifted or talented or has experienced problems such as ill health, or they are summer born and were admitted to Year R or Year 3 outside the normal age group. All requests will be considered on their merits, taking account of the parent’s view and the views of the headteacher. Parents of summer-born children for whom education outside normal age group was previously agreed will be required to make a new request for entry into secondary school. This should be done as if the child is placed in their correct year group. For example, a child who has been held back a year (decelerated) should be making a new request when the child is in Year 5. Before making such a request, parents are strongly advised to read the ‘Guidance on the education of children outside normal age group’ document available on the Southampton City Council website, which explains the procedures that need to be followed. For all requests it is vital to understand that at each transition (starting reception, moving from infant to junior, primary to secondary, secondary to college) the decision whether to maintain the placement in a younger or older year group must be made by the admission authority for the school. As such, there is no guarantee that it will continue throughout the child’s education and a new parental request must be made before each transition. As a general rule, requests should only be made once per phase transfer, unless there has been a significant change in circumstances. One admission authority cannot be required to honour a decision made by another admission authority on education out of normal age group In Year Admissions Admissions mid-year for any year group will be dealt with in accordance with this policy.


COMPOSITE PROSPECTUS FOR INFANT, JUNIOR ......Composite Prospectus for Admission to Infant, Junior,...

Documents

Transcript of COMPOSITE PROSPECTUS FOR INFANT, JUNIOR ......Composite Prospectus for Admission to Infant, Junior,...